]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #26535 from yuwata/systemctl-list-cleanups
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 253:
4
5 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
6
7 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
8 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
9 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
10 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
11 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
12 userspace has been ported over already.
13
14 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
15 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
16 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
17 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
18 For more details, see:
19 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
20
21 * We intend to change behaviour w.r.t. units of the per-user service
22 manager and sandboxing options, so that they work without having to
23 manually enable PrivateUsers= as well, which is not required for
24 system units. To make this work, we will implicitly enable user
25 namespaces (PrivateUsers=yes) when a sandboxing option is enabled in a
26 user unit. The drawback is that system users will no longer be visible
27 (and appear as 'nobody') to the user unit when a sandboxing option is
28 enabled. By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
29 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great source
30 of confusion that has been reported by users over the years, due to
31 how these options require an extra setting to be manually enabled when
32 used in the per-user service manager, as opposed as to the system
33 service manager. We plan to enable this change in the next release
34 later this year. For more details, see:
35 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
36
37 Deprecations and incompatible changes:
38
39 * systemctl will now warn when invoked without /proc/ mounted
40 (e.g. when invoked after chroot() into an directory tree without the
41 API mount points like /proc/ being set up.) Operation in such an
42 environment is not fully supported.
43
44 * The return value of 'systemctl is-active|is-enabled|is-failed' for
45 unknown units is changed: previously 1 or 3 were returned, but now 4
46 (EXIT_PROGRAM_OR_SERVICES_STATUS_UNKNOWN) is used as documented.
47
48 * 'udevadm hwdb' subcommand is deprecated and will emit a warning.
49 systemd-hwdb (added in 2014) should be used instead.
50
51 * 'bootctl --json' now outputs a single JSON array, instead of a stream
52 of newline-separated JSON objects.
53
54 * Udev rules in 60-evdev.rules have been changed to load hwdb
55 properties for all modalias patterns. Previously only the first
56 matching pattern was used. This could change what properties are
57 assigned if the user has more and less specific patterns that could
58 match the same device, but it is expected that the change will have
59 no effect for most users.
60
61 * systemd-networkd-wait-online exits successfully when all interfaces
62 are ready or unmanaged. Previously, if neither '--any' nor
63 '--interface=' options were used, at least one interface had to be in
64 configured state. This change allows the case where systemd-networkd
65 is enabled, but no interfaces are configured, to be handled
66 gracefully. It may occur in particular when a different network
67 manager is also enabled and used.
68
69 * Some compatibility helpers were dropped: EmergencyAction= in the user
70 manager, as well as measuring kernel command line into PCR 8 in
71 systemd-stub, along with the -Defi-tpm-pcr-compat compile-time
72 option.
73
74 * The '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout=' build-time option has been
75 renamed to '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout-sec=', and now takes an
76 integer as parameter instead of a string.
77
78 * The DDI image dissection logic (which backs RootImage= in service
79 unit files, the --image= switch in various tools such as
80 systemd-nspawn, as well as systemd-dissect) will now only mount file
81 systems of types btrfs, ext4, xfs, erofs, squashfs, vfat. This list
82 can be overridden via the $SYSTEMD_DISSECT_FILE_SYSTEMS environment
83 variable. These file systems are fairly well supported and maintained
84 in current kernels, while others are usually more niche, exotic or
85 legacy and thus typically do not receive the same level of security
86 support and fixes.
87
88 * The default per-link multicast DNS mode is changed to "yes"
89 (that was previously "no"). As the default global multicast DNS mode
90 has been "yes" (but can be changed by the build option), now the
91 multicast DNS is enabled on all links by default. You can disable the
92 multicast DNS on all links by setting MulticastDNS= in resolved.conf,
93 or on an interface by calling "resolvectl mdns INTERFACE no".
94
95 New components:
96
97 * A tool 'ukify' tool to build, measure, and sign Unified Kernel Images
98 (UKIs) has been added. This replaces functionality provided by
99 'dracut --uefi' and extends it with automatic calculation of PE file
100 offsets, insertion of signed PCR policies generated by
101 systemd-measure, support for initrd concatenation, signing of the
102 embedded Linux image and the combined image with sbsign, and
103 heuristics to autodetect the kernel uname and verify the splash
104 image.
105
106 Changes in systemd and units:
107
108 * A new service type Type=notify-reload is defined. When such a unit is
109 reloaded a UNIX process signal (typically SIGHUP) is sent to the main
110 service process. The manager will then wait until it receives a
111 "RELOADING=1" followed by a "READY=1" notification from the unit as
112 response (via sd_notify()). Otherwise, this type is the same as
113 Type=notify. A new setting ReloadSignal= may be used to change the
114 signal to send from the default of SIGHUP.
115
116 user@.service, systemd-networkd.service, systemd-udevd.service, and
117 systemd-logind have been updated to this type.
118
119 * Initrd environments which are not on a pure memory file system (e.g.
120 overlayfs combination as opposed to tmpfs) are now supported. With
121 this change, during the initrd → host transition ("switch root")
122 systemd will erase all files of the initrd only when the initrd is
123 backed by a memory file system such as tmpfs.
124
125 * New per-unit MemoryZSwapMax= option has been added to configure
126 memory.zswap.max cgroup properties (the maximum amount of zswap
127 used).
128
129 * A new LogFilterPatterns= option has been added for units. It may be
130 used to specify accept/deny regular expressions for log messages
131 generated by the unit, that shall be enforced by systemd-journald.
132 Rejected messages are neither stored in the journal nor forwarded.
133 This option may be used to suppress noisy or uninteresting messages
134 from units.
135
136 * The manager has a new
137 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.GetUnitByPIDFD() D-Bus method to
138 query process ownership via a PIDFD, which is more resilient against
139 PID recycling issues.
140
141 * Scope units now support OOMPolicy=. Login session scopes default to
142 OOMPolicy=continue, allowing login scopes to survive the OOM killer
143 terminating some processes in the scope.
144
145 * systemd-fstab-generator now supports x-systemd.makefs option for
146 /sysroot/ (in the initrd).
147
148 * The maximum rate at which daemon reloads are executed can now be
149 limited with the new ReloadLimitIntervalSec=/ReloadLimitBurst=
150 options. (Or the equivalent on the kernel command line:
151 systemd.reload_limit_interval_sec=/systemd.reload_limit_burst=). In
152 addition, systemd now logs the originating unit and PID when a reload
153 request is received over D-Bus.
154
155 * When enabling a swap device systemd will now reinitialize the device
156 when the page size of the swap space does not match the page size of
157 the running kernel. Note that this requires the 'swapon' utility to
158 provide the '--fixpgsz' option, as implemented by util-linux, and it
159 is not supported by busybox at the time of writing.
160
161 * systemd now executes generator programs in a mount namespace
162 "sandbox" with most of the file system read-only and write access
163 restricted to the output directories, and with a temporary /tmp/
164 mount provided. This provides a safeguard against programming errors
165 in the generators, but also fixes here-docs in shells, which
166 previously didn't work in early boot when /tmp/ wasn't available
167 yet. (This feature has no security implications, because the code is
168 still privileged and can trivially exit the sandbox.)
169
170 * The system manager will now parse a new "vmm.notify_socket"
171 system credential, which may be supplied to a VM via SMBIOS. If
172 found, the manager will send a "READY=1" notification on the
173 specified socket after boot is complete. This allows readiness
174 notification to be sent from a VM guest to the VM host over a VSOCK
175 socket.
176
177 * The sample PAM configuration file for systemd-user@.service now
178 includes a call to pam_namespace. This puts children of user@.service
179 in the expected namespace. (Many distributions replace their file
180 with something custom, so this change has limited effect.)
181
182 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_MOUNT_RATE_LIMIT_BURST
183 can be used to override the mount units burst late limit for
184 parsing '/proc/self/mountinfo', which was introduced in v249.
185 Defaults to 5.
186
187 * Drop-ins for init.scope changing control group resource limits are
188 now applied, while they were previously ignored.
189
190 * New build-time configuration options '-Ddefault-timeout-sec=' and
191 '-Ddefault-user-timeout-sec=' have been added, to let distributions
192 choose the default timeout for starting/stopping/aborting system and
193 user units respectively.
194
195 * Service units gained a new setting OpenFile= which may be used to
196 open arbitrary files in the file system (or connect to arbitrary
197 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system), and pass the open file
198 descriptor to the invoked process via the usual file descriptor
199 passing protocol. This is useful to give unprivileged services access
200 to select files which have restrictive access modes that would
201 normally not allow this. It's also useful in case RootDirectory= or
202 RootImage= is used to allow access to files from the host environment
203 (which is after all not visible from the service if these two options
204 are used.)
205
206 Changes in udev:
207
208 * The new net naming scheme "v253" has been introduced. In the new
209 scheme, ID_NET_NAME_PATH is also set for USB devices not connected via
210 a PCI bus. This extends the coverage of predictable interface names
211 in some embedded systems.
212
213 The "amba" bus path is now included in ID_NET_NAME_PATH, resulting in
214 a more informative path on some embedded systems.
215
216 * Partition block devices will now also get symlinks in
217 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<seq>-part<n>, which may be used to reference
218 block device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Previously those
219 symlinks were only created for the main block device.
220
221 * A new operator '-=' is supported for SYMLINK variables. This allows
222 symlinks to be unconfigured even if an earlier rule added them.
223
224 * 'udevadm --trigger --settle' now also works for network devices
225 that are being renamed.
226
227 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
228
229 * systemd-boot now passes its random seed directly to the kernel's RNG
230 via the LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID configuration table, which
231 means the RNG gets seeded very early in boot before userspace has
232 started.
233
234 * systemd-boot will pass a disk-backed random seed – even when secure
235 boot is enabled – if it can additionally get a random seed from EFI
236 itself (via EFI's RNG protocol), or a prior seed in
237 LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID from a preceding bootloader.
238
239 * systemd-boot-system-token.service was renamed to
240 systemd-boot-random-seed.service and extended to always save a random
241 seed to ESP on every boot when a compatible boot loader is used. This
242 allows a refreshed random seed to be used in the boot loader.
243
244 * systemd-boot handles various seed inputs using a domain- and
245 field-separated hashing scheme.
246
247 * systemd-boot's 'random-seed-mode' option has been removed. A system
248 token is now always required to be present for random seeds to be
249 used.
250
251 * systemd-boot now supports being loaded from other locations than the
252 ESP, for example for direct kernel boot under QEMU or when embedded
253 into the firmware.
254
255 * systemd-boot now parses SMBIOS information to detect
256 virtualization. This information is used to skip some warnings which
257 are not useful in a VM and to conditionalize other aspects of
258 behaviour.
259
260 * systemd-boot now supports a new 'if-safe' mode that will perform UEFI
261 Secure Boot automated certificate enrollment from the ESP only if it
262 is considered 'safe' to do so. At the moment 'safe' means running in
263 a virtual machine.
264
265 * systemd-stub now processes random seeds in the same way as
266 systemd-boot already does, in case a unified kernel image is being
267 used from a different bootloader than systemd-boot, or without any
268 boot load at all.
269
270 * bootctl will now generate a system token on all EFI systems, even
271 virtualized ones, and is activated in the case that the system token
272 is missing from either sd-boot and sd-stub booted systems.
273
274 * bootctl now implements two new verbs: 'kernel-identify' prints the
275 type of a kernel image file, and 'kernel-inspect' provides
276 information about the embedded command line and kernel version of
277 UKIs.
278
279 * bootctl now honours $KERNEL_INSTALL_CONF_ROOT with the same meaning
280 as for kernel-install.
281
282 * The JSON output of "bootctl list" will now contain two more fields:
283 isDefault and isSelected are boolean fields set to true on the
284 default and currently booted boot menu entries.
285
286 * bootctl gained a new verb "unlink" for removing a boot loader entry
287 type #1 file from disk in a safe and robust way.
288
289 * bootctl also gained a new verb "cleanup" that automatically removes
290 all files from the ESP's and XBOOTLDR's "entry-token" directory, that
291 is not referenced anymore by any installed Type #1 boot loader
292 specification entry. This is particularly useful in environments where
293 a large number of entries reference the same or partly the same
294 resources (for example, for snapshot-based setups).
295
296 Changes in kernel-install:
297
298 * A new "installation layout" can be configured as layout=uki. With
299 this setting, a Boot Loader Specification Type#1 entry will not be
300 created. Instead, a new kernel-install plugin 90-uki-copy.install
301 will copy any .efi files from the staging area into the boot
302 partition. A plugin to generate the UKI .efi file must be provided
303 separately.
304
305 Changes in systemctl:
306
307 * 'systemctl reboot' has dropped support for accepting a positional
308 argument as the argument to the reboot(2) syscall. Please use the
309 --reboot-argument= option instead.
310
311 * 'systemctl disable' will now warn when called on units without
312 install information. A new --no-warn option has been added that
313 silences this warning.
314
315 * New option '--drop-in=' can be used to tell 'systemctl edit' the name
316 of the drop-in to edit. (Previously, 'override.conf' was always
317 used.)
318
319 * 'systemctl list-dependencies' now respects --type= and --state=.
320
321 * 'systemctl kexec' now supports XEN VMM environments.
322
323 * 'systemctl edit' will now tell the invoked editor to jump into the
324 first line with actual unit file data, skipping over synthesized
325 comments.
326
327 Changes in systemd-networkd and related tools:
328
329 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained new SocketPriority=
330 setting that assigns the Linux socket priority used by the DHCPv4 raw
331 socket. This may be used in conjunction with the
332 EgressQOSMaps=setting in [VLAN] section of .netdev file to send the
333 desired ethernet 802.1Q frame priority for DHCPv4 initial
334 packets. This cannot be achieved with netfilter mangle tables because
335 of the raw socket bypass.
336
337 * The [DHCPv4] and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections in .network file gained a
338 new QuickAck= boolean setting that enables the TCP quick ACK mode for
339 the routes configured by the acquired DHCPv4 lease or received router
340 advertisements (RAs).
341
342 * The RouteMetric= option (for DHCPv4, DHCPv6, and IPv6 advertised
343 routes) now accepts three values, for high, medium, and low preference
344 of the router (which can be set with the RouterPreference=) setting.
345
346 * systemd-networkd-wait-online now supports matching via alternative
347 interface names.
348
349 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained new SendRelease=
350 setting which enables the DHCPv6 client to send release when
351 it stops. This is the analog of the [DHCPv4] SendRelease= setting.
352 It is enabled by default.
353
354 * If the Address= setting in [Network] or [Address] sections in .network
355 specified without its prefix length, then now systemd-networkd assumes
356 /32 for IPv4 or /128 for IPv6 addresses.
357
358 * networkctl shows network and link file dropins in status output.
359
360 Changes in systemd-dissect:
361
362 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --list, to print the paths of
363 all files and directories in a DDI.
364
365 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --mtree, to generate a file
366 manifest compatible with BSD mtree(5) of a DDI
367
368 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --with, to execute a command with
369 the specified DDI temporarily mounted and used as working
370 directory. This is for example useful to convert a DDI to "tar"
371 simply by running it within a "systemd-dissect --with" invocation.
372
373 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --discover, to search for
374 Discoverable Disk Images (DDIs) in well-known directories of the
375 system. This will list machine, portable service and system extension
376 disk images.
377
378 * systemd-dissect now understands 2nd stage initrd images stored as a
379 Discoverable Disk Image (DDI).
380
381 * systemd-dissect will now display the main UUID of GPT DDIs (i.e. the
382 disk UUID stored in the GPT header) among the other data it can show.
383
384 * systemd-dissect gained a new --in-memory switch to operate on an
385 in-memory copy of the specified DDI file. This is useful to access a
386 DDI with write access without persisting any changes. It's also
387 useful for accessing a DDI without keeping the originating file
388 system busy.
389
390 * The DDI dissection logic will now automatically detect the intended
391 sector size of disk images stored in files, based on the GPT
392 partition table arrangement. Loopback block devices for such DDIs
393 will then be configured automatically for the right sector size. This
394 is useful to make dealing with modern 4K sector size DDIs fully
395 automatic. The systemd-dissect tool will now show the detected sector
396 size among the other DDI information in its output.
397
398 Changes in systemd-repart:
399
400 * systemd-repart gained new options --include-partitions= and
401 --exclude-partitions= to filter operation on partitions by type UUID.
402 This allows systemd-repart to be used to build images in which the
403 type of one partition is set based on the contents of another
404 partition (for example when the boot partition shall include a verity
405 hash of the root partition).
406
407 * systemd-repart also gained a --defer-partitions= option that is
408 similar to --exclude-partitions=, but the size of the partition is
409 still taken into account when sizing partitions, but without
410 populating it.
411
412 * systemd-repart gained a new --sector-size= option to specify what
413 sector size should be used when an image is created.
414
415 * systemd-repart now supports generating erofs file systems via
416 CopyFiles= (a read-only file system similar to squashfs).
417
418 * The Minimize= option was extended to accept "best" (which means the
419 most minimal image possible, but may require multiple attempts) and
420 "guess" (which means a reasonably small image).
421
422 * The systemd-growfs binary now comes with a regular unit file template
423 systemd-growfs@.service which can be instantiated directly for any
424 desired file system. (Previously, the unit was generated dynamically
425 by various generators, but no regular unit file template was
426 available.)
427
428 Changes in journal tools:
429
430 * Various systemd tools will append extra fields to log messages when
431 in debug mode, or when SYSTEMD_ENABLE_LOG_CONTEXT=1 is set. Currently
432 this includes information about D-Bus messages when sd-bus is used,
433 e.g. DBUS_SENDER=, DBUS_DESTINATION=, and DBUS_PATH=, and information
434 about devices when sd-device is used, e.g. DEVNAME= and DRIVER=.
435 Details of what is logged and when are subject to change.
436
437 * The systemd-journald-audit.socket can now be disabled via the usual
438 "systemctl disable" mechanism to stop collection of audit
439 messages. Please note that it is not enabled statically anymore and
440 must be handled by the preset/enablement logic in package
441 installation scripts.
442
443 * New options MaxUse=, KeepFree=, MaxFileSize=, and MaxFiles= can
444 be used to curtail disk use by systemd-journal-remote. This is
445 similar to the options supported by systemd-journald.
446
447 Changes in systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-cryptsetup, and related
448 components:
449
450 * When enrolling new keys systemd-cryptenroll now supports unlocking
451 via FIDO2 tokens (option --unlock-fido2-device=). Previously, a
452 password was strictly required to be specified.
453
454 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports pre-flight requests for FIDO2 tokens
455 (except for tokens with user verification, UV) to identify tokens
456 before authentication. Multiple FIDO2 tokens can now be enrolled at
457 the same time, and systemd-cryptsetup will automatically select one
458 that corresponds to one of the available LUKS key slots.
459
460 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports new options tpm2-measure-bank= and
461 tpm2-measure-pcr= in crypttab(5). These allow specifying the TPM2 PCR
462 bank and number into which the volume key should be measured. This is
463 automatically enabled for the encrypted root volume discovered and
464 activated by systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
465
466 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator mounts the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions with
467 "noexec,nosuid,nodev".
468
469 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator will now honour the rootfstype= and
470 rootflags= kernel command line switches for root file systems it
471 discovers, to match behaviour in case an explicit root fs is
472 specified via root=.
473
474 * systemd-pcrphase gained new options --machine-id and --file-system=
475 to measure the machine-id and mount point information into PCR 15. New
476 service unit files systemd-pcrmachine.service and
477 systemd-pcrfs@.service have been added that invoke the tool with
478 these switches during early boot.
479
480 * systemd-pcrphase gained a --graceful switch will make it exit cleanly
481 with a success exit code even if no TPM device is detected.
482
483 * systemd-cryptenroll now stores the user-supplied PIN with a salt,
484 making it harder to brute-force.
485
486 Changes in other tools:
487
488 * systemd-homed gained support for luksPbkdfForceIterations (the
489 intended number of iterations for the PBKDF operation on LUKS).
490
491 * Environment variables $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_BTRFS,
492 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_EXT4, and $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_XFS
493 may now be used to specify additional arguments for mkfs when
494 systemd-homed formats a file system.
495
496 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the contents of
497 /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_vendor and /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_date via two
498 new D-Bus properties: FirmwareVendor and FirmwareDate. This allows
499 unprivileged code to access those values.
500
501 systemd-hostnamed also exports the SUPPORT_END= field from
502 os-release(5) as OperatingSystemSupportEnd. hostnamectl make uses of
503 this to show the status of the installed system.
504
505 * systemd-measure gained an --append= option to sign multiple phase
506 paths with different signing keys. This allows secrets to be
507 accessible only in certain parts of the boot sequence. Note that
508 'ukify' provides similar functionality in a more accessible form.
509
510 * systemd-timesyncd will now write a structured log message with
511 MESSAGE_ID set to SD_MESSAGE_TIME_BUMP when it bumps the clock based
512 on a on-disk timestamp, similarly to what it did when reaching
513 synchronization via NTP.
514
515 * systemd-timesyncd will now update the on-disk timestamp file on each
516 boot at least once, making it more likely that the system time
517 increases in subsequent boots.
518
519 * systemd-vconsole-setup gained support for system/service credentials:
520 vconsole.keymap/vconsole.keymap_toggle and
521 vconsole.font/vconsole.font_map/vconsole.font_unimap are analogous
522 the similarly-named options in vconsole.conf.
523
524 * systemd-localed will now save the XKB keyboard configuration to
525 /etc/vconsole.conf, and also read it from there with a higher
526 preference than the /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/00-keyboard.conf config
527 file. Previously, this information was stored in the former file in
528 converted form, and only in latter file in the original form. Tools
529 which want to access keyboard configuration can now do so from a
530 standard location.
531
532 * systemd-resolved gained support for configuring the nameservers and
533 search domains via kernel command line (nameserver=, domain=) and
534 credentials (network.dns, network.search_domains).
535
536 * systemd-resolved will now synthesize host names for the DNS stub
537 addresses it supports. Specifically when "_localdnsstub" is resolved,
538 127.0.0.53 is returned, and if "_localdnsproxy" is resolved
539 127.0.0.54 is returned.
540
541 * systemd-notify will now send a "RELOADING=1" notification when called
542 with --reloading, and "STOPPING=1" when called with --stopping. This
543 can be used to implement notifications from units where it's easier
544 to call a program than to use the sd-daemon library.
545
546 * systemd-analyze's 'plot' command can now output its information in
547 JSON, controlled via the --json= switch. Also, new --table, and
548 --no-legend options have been added.
549
550 * 'machinectl enable' will now automatically enable machines.target
551 unit in addition to adding the machine unit to the target.
552
553 Similarly, 'machinectl start|stop' gained a --now option to enable or
554 disable the machine unit when starting or stopping it.
555
556 * systemd-sysusers will now create /etc/ if it is missing.
557
558 * systemd-sleep 'HibernateDelaySec=' setting is changed back to
559 pre-v252's behaviour, and a new 'SuspendEstimationSec=' setting is
560 added to provide the new initial value for the new automated battery
561 estimation functionality. If 'HibernateDelaySec=' is set to any value,
562 the automated estimate (and thus the automated hibernation on low
563 battery to avoid data loss) functionality will be disabled.
564
565 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration will now automatically create
566 credentials storage directory '/etc/credstore/' with the appropriate,
567 secure permissions. If '/run/credstore/' exists, its permissions will
568 be fixed too in case they are not correct.
569
570 Changes in libsystemd and shared code:
571
572 * sd-bus gained new convenience functions sd_bus_emit_signal_to(),
573 sd_bus_emit_signal_tov(), and sd_bus_message_new_signal_to().
574
575 * sd-id128 functions now return -EUCLEAN (instead of -EIO) when the
576 128bit ID in files such as /etc/machine-id has an invalid
577 format. They also accept NULL as output parameter in more places,
578 which is useful when the caller only wants to validate the inputs and
579 does not need the output value.
580
581 * sd-login gained new functions sd_pidfd_get_session(),
582 sd_pidfd_get_owner_uid(), sd_pidfd_get_unit(),
583 sd_pidfd_get_user_unit(), sd_pidfd_get_slice(),
584 sd_pidfd_get_user_slice(), sd_pidfd_get_machine_name(), and
585 sd_pidfd_get_cgroup(), that are analogous to sd_pid_get_*(),
586 but accept a PIDFD instead of a PID.
587
588 * sd-path (and systemd-path) now export four new paths:
589 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
590 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
591 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR, and
592 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
593
594 * sd_notify() now supports AF_VSOCK as transport for notification
595 messages (in addition to the existing AF_UNIX support). This is
596 enabled if $NOTIFY_SOCKET is set in a "vsock:CID:port" format.
597
598 * Detection of chroot() environments now works if /proc/ is not
599 mounted. This affects systemd-detect-virt --chroot, but also means
600 that systemd tools will silently skip various operations in such an
601 environment.
602
603 * "Lockheed Martin Hardened Security for Intel Processors" (HS SRE)
604 virtualization is now detected.
605
606 Changes in the build system:
607
608 * Standalone variants of systemd-repart and systemd-shutdown may now be
609 built (if -Dstandalone=true).
610
611 * systemd-ac-power has been moved from /usr/lib/ to /usr/bin/, to, for
612 example, allow scripts to conditionalize execution on AC power
613 supply.
614
615 * The libp11kit library is now loaded through dlopen(3).
616
617 Changes in the documentation:
618
619 * Specifications that are not closely tied to systemd have moved to
620 https://uapi-group.org/specifications/: the Boot Loader Specification
621 and the Discoverable Partitions Specification.
622
623 Contributions from: 김인수, 13r0ck, Aidan Dang, Alberto Planas,
624 Alvin Šipraga, Andika Triwidada, AndyChi, angus-p, Anita Zhang,
625 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arsen Arsenović, asavah, Benjamin Fogle,
626 Benjamin Tissoires, berenddeschouwer, BerndAdameit,
627 Bernd Steinhauser, blutch112, cake03, Callum Farmer, Carlo Teubner,
628 Charles Hardin, chris, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
629 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Dan Streetman, DaPigGuy,
630 Darrell Kavanagh, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dirk Su,
631 Dmitry V. Levin, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck, edupont,
632 Eric DeVolder, Erik Moqvist, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Gurtner,
633 Felix Riemann, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geert Lorang,
634 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Hannoskaj, Hans de Goede, Hugo Carvalho,
635 igo95862, Ilya Leoshkevich, Ivan Shapovalov, Jacek Migacz,
636 Jade Lovelace, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku, January,
637 Jason A. Donenfeld, jcg, Jean-Tiare Le Bigot, Jelle van der Waa,
638 Jeremy Linton, Jian Zhang, Jiayi Chen, Jia Zhang, Joerg Behrmann,
639 Jörg Thalheim, Joshua Goins, joshuazivkovic, Joshua Zivkovic,
640 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Khem Raj, Koba Ko, Lennart Poettering, lichao,
641 Li kunyu, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel,
642 Łukasz Stelmach, Lycowolf, marcel151, Marcus Schäfer, Marek Vasut,
643 Mark Laws, Michael Biebl, Michał Kotyla, Michal Koutný,
644 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, Mike Yuan, MkfsSion, ml,
645 msizanoen1, mvzlb, MVZ Ludwigsburg, Neil Moore, Nick Rosbrook,
646 noodlejetski, Pasha Vorobyev, Peter Cai, p-fpv, Phaedrus Leeds,
647 Philipp Jungkamp, Quentin Deslandes, Raul Tambre, Ray Strode,
648 reuben olinsky, Richard E. van der Luit, Richard Phibel,
649 Ricky Tigg, Robin Humble, rogg, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James,
650 Samuel Cabrero, Samuel Thibault, Siddhesh Poyarekar, Simon Brand,
651 Space Meyer, Spindle Security, Steve Ramage, Takashi Sakamoto,
652 Thomas Haller, Tonći Galić, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
653 Tuetuopay, uerdogan, Ulrich Ölmann, Valentin David,
654 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vito Caputo, Waltibaba, Will Fancher,
655 William Roberts, wouter bolsterlee, Youfu Zhang, Yu Watanabe,
656 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски,
657 наб
658
659 — Warsaw, 2023-02-15
660
661 CHANGES WITH 252 🎃:
662
663 Announcements of Future Feature Removals:
664
665 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
666 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
667 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
668 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
669 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
670 userspace has been ported over already.
671
672 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
673 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
674 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
675 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
676 For more details, see:
677 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
678
679 Compatibility Breaks:
680
681 * ConditionKernelVersion= checks that use the '=' or '!=' operators
682 will now do simple string comparisons (instead of version comparisons
683 á la stverscmp()). Version comparisons are still done for the
684 ordering operators '<', '>', '<=', '>='. Moreover, if no operator is
685 specified, a shell-style glob match is now done. This creates a minor
686 incompatibility compared to older systemd versions when the '*', '?',
687 '[', ']' characters are used, as these will now match as shell globs
688 instead of literally. Given that kernel version strings typically do
689 not include these characters we expect little breakage through this
690 change.
691
692 * The service manager will now read the SELinux label used for SELinux
693 access checks from the unit file at the time it loads the file.
694 Previously, the label would be read at the moment of the access
695 check, which was problematic since at that time the unit file might
696 already have been updated or removed.
697
698 New Features:
699
700 * systemd-measure is a new tool for calculating and signing expected
701 TPM2 PCR values for a given unified kernel image (UKI) booted via
702 sd-stub. The public key used for the signature and the signed
703 expected PCR information can be embedded inside the UKI. This
704 information can be extracted from the UKI by external tools and code
705 in the image itself and is made available to userspace in the booted
706 kernel.
707
708 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, and systemd-creds have been
709 updated to make use of this information if available in the booted
710 kernel: when locking an encrypted volume/credential to the TPM
711 systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-creds will use the public key to bind the
712 volume/credential to any kernel that carries PCR information signed
713 by the same key pair. When unlocking such volumes/credentials
714 systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-creds will use the signature embedded in
715 the booted UKI to gain access.
716
717 Binding TPM-based disk encryption to public keys/signatures of PCR
718 values — instead of literal PCR values — addresses the inherent
719 "brittleness" of traditional PCR-bound TPM disk encryption schemes:
720 disks remain accessible even if the UKI is updated, without any TPM
721 specific preparation during the OS update — as long as each UKI
722 carries the necessary PCR signature information.
723
724 Net effect: if you boot a properly prepared kernel, TPM-bound disk
725 encryption now defaults to be locked to kernels which carry PCR
726 signatures from the same key pair. Example: if a hypothetical distro
727 FooOS prepares its UKIs like this, TPM-based disk encryption is now –
728 by default – bound to only FooOS kernels, and encrypted volumes bound
729 to the TPM cannot be unlocked on kernels from other sources. (But do
730 note this behaviour requires preparation/enabling in the UKI, and of
731 course users can always enroll non-TPM ways to unlock the volume.)
732
733 * systemd-pcrphase is a new tool that is invoked at six places during
734 system runtime, and measures additional words into TPM2 PCR 11, to
735 mark milestones of the boot process. This allows binding access to
736 specific TPM2-encrypted secrets to specific phases of the boot
737 process. (Example: LUKS2 disk encryption key only accessible in the
738 initrd, but not later.)
739
740 Changes in systemd itself, i.e. the manager and units
741
742 * The cpu controller is delegated to user manager units by default, and
743 CPUWeight= settings are applied to the top-level user slice units
744 (app.slice, background.slice, session.slice). This provides a degree
745 of resource isolation between different user services competing for
746 the CPU.
747
748 * Systemd can optionally do a full preset in the "first boot" condition
749 (instead of just enable-only). This behaviour is controlled by the
750 compile-time option -Dfirst-boot-full-preset. Right now it defaults
751 to 'false', but the plan is to switch it to 'true' for the subsequent
752 release.
753
754 * Drop-ins are now allowed for transient units too.
755
756 * Systemd will set the taint flag 'support-ended' if it detects that
757 the OS image is past its end-of-support date. This date is declared
758 in a new /etc/os-release field SUPPORT_END= described below.
759
760 * Two new settings ConditionCredential= and AssertCredential= can be
761 used to skip or fail units if a certain system credential is not
762 provided.
763
764 * ConditionMemory= accepts size suffixes (K, M, G, T, …).
765
766 * DefaultSmackProcessLabel= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
767 specify the SMACK security label to use when not specified in a unit
768 file.
769
770 * DefaultDeviceTimeoutSec= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
771 specify the default timeout when waiting for device units to
772 activate.
773
774 * C.UTF-8 is used as the default locale if nothing else has been
775 configured.
776
777 * [Condition|Assert]Firmware= have been extended to support certain
778 SMBIOS fields. For example
779
780 ConditionFirmware=smbios-field(board_name = "Custom Board")
781
782 conditionalizes the unit to run only when
783 /sys/class/dmi/id/board_name contains "Custom Board" (without the
784 quotes).
785
786 * ConditionFirstBoot= now correctly evaluates as true only during the
787 boot phase of the first boot. A unit executed later, after booting
788 has completed, will no longer evaluate this condition as true.
789
790 * Socket units will now create sockets in the SELinuxContext= of the
791 associated service unit, if any.
792
793 * Boot phase transitions (start initrd → exit initrd → boot complete →
794 shutdown) will be measured into TPM2 PCR 11, so that secrets can be
795 bound to a specific runtime phase. E.g.: a LUKS encryption key can be
796 unsealed only in the initrd.
797
798 * Service credentials (i.e. SetCredential=/LoadCredential=/…) will now
799 also be provided to ExecStartPre= processes.
800
801 * Various units are now correctly ordered against
802 initrd-switch-root.target where previously a conflict without
803 ordering was configured. A stop job for those units would be queued,
804 but without the ordering it could be executed only after
805 initrd-switch-root.service, leading to units not being restarted in
806 the host system as expected.
807
808 * In order to fully support the IPMI watchdog driver, which has not yet
809 been ported to the new common watchdog device interface,
810 /dev/watchdog0 will be tried first and systemd will silently fallback
811 to /dev/watchdog if it is not found.
812
813 * New watchdog-related D-Bus properties are now published by systemd:
814 WatchdogDevice, WatchdogLastPingTimestamp,
815 WatchdogLastPingTimestampMonotonic.
816
817 * At shutdown, API virtual files systems (proc, sys, etc.) will be
818 unmounted lazily.
819
820 * At shutdown, systemd will now log about processes blocking unmounting
821 of file systems.
822
823 * A new meson build option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' was added to
824 allow disabling system time correction if RTC returns a timestamp far
825 in the future.
826
827 * Propagated restart jobs will no longer be discarded while a unit is
828 activating.
829
830 * PID 1 will now import system credentials from SMBIOS Type 11 fields
831 ("OEM vendor strings"), in addition to qemu_fwcfg. This provides a
832 simple, fast and generic path for supplying credentials to a VM,
833 without involving external tools such as cloud-init/ignition.
834
835 * The CPUWeight= setting of unit files now accepts a new special value
836 "idle", which configures "idle" level scheduling for the unit.
837
838 * Service processes that are activated due to a .timer or .path unit
839 triggering will now receive information about this via environment
840 variables. Note that this is information is lossy, as activation
841 might be coalesced and only one of the activating triggers will be
842 reported. This is hence more suited for debugging or tracing rather
843 than for behaviour decisions.
844
845 * The riscv_flush_icache(2) system call has been added to the list of
846 system calls allowed by default when SystemCallFilter= is used.
847
848 * The selinux context derived from the target executable, instead of
849 'init_t' used for the manager itself, is now used when creating
850 listening sockets for units that specify SELinuxContextFromNet=yes.
851
852 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
853
854 * The Boot Loader Specification has been cleaned up and clarified.
855 Various corner cases in version string comparisons have been fixed
856 (e.g. comparisons for empty strings). Boot counting is now part of
857 the main specification.
858
859 * New PCRs measurements are performed during boot: PCR 11 for the
860 kernel+initrd combo, PCR 13 for any sysext images. If a measurement
861 took place this is now reported to userspace via the new
862 StubPcrKernelImage and StubPcrInitRDSysExts EFI variables.
863
864 * As before, systemd-stub will measure kernel parameters and system
865 credentials into PCR 12. It will now report this fact via the
866 StubPcrKernelParameters EFI variable to userspace.
867
868 * The UEFI monotonic boot counter is now included in the updated random
869 seed file maintained by sd-boot, providing some additional entropy.
870
871 * sd-stub will use LoadImage/StartImage to execute the kernel, instead
872 of arranging the image manually and jumping to the kernel entry
873 point. sd-stub also installs a temporary UEFI SecurityOverride to
874 allow the (unsigned) nested image to be booted. This is safe because
875 the outer (signed) stub+kernel binary must have been verified before
876 the stub was executed.
877
878 * Booting in EFI mixed mode (a 64-bit kernel over 32-bit UEFI firmware)
879 is now supported by sd-boot.
880
881 * bootctl gained a bunch of new options: --all-architectures to install
882 binaries for all supported EFI architectures, --root= and --image=
883 options to operate on a directory or disk image, and
884 --install-source= to specify the source for binaries to install,
885 --efi-boot-option-description= to control the name of the boot entry.
886
887 * The sd-boot stub exports a StubFeatures flag, which is used by
888 bootctl to show features supported by the stub that was used to boot.
889
890 * The PE section offsets that are used by tools that assemble unified
891 kernel images have historically been hard-coded. This may lead to
892 overlapping PE sections which may break on boot. The UKI will now try
893 to detect and warn about this.
894
895 Any tools that assemble UKIs must update to calculate these offsets
896 dynamically. Future sd-stub versions may use offsets that will not
897 work with the currently used set of hard-coded offsets!
898
899 * sd-stub now accepts (and passes to the initrd and then to the full
900 OS) new PE sections '.pcrsig' and '.pcrkey' that can be used to embed
901 signatures of expected PCR values, to allow sealing secrets via the
902 TPM2 against pre-calculated PCR measurements.
903
904 Changes in the hardware database:
905
906 * 'systemd-hwdb query' now supports the --root= option.
907
908 Changes in systemctl:
909
910 * systemctl now supports --state= and --type= options for the 'show'
911 and 'status' verbs.
912
913 * systemctl gained a new verb 'list-automounts' to list automount
914 points.
915
916 * systemctl gained support for a new --image= switch to be able to
917 operate on the specified disk image (similar to the existing --root=
918 which operates relative to some directory).
919
920 Changes in systemd-networkd:
921
922 * networkd can set Linux NetLabel labels for integration with the
923 network control in security modules via a new NetLabel= option.
924
925 * The RapidCommit= is (re-)introduced to enable faster configuration
926 via DHCPv6 (RFC 3315).
927
928 * networkd gained a new option TCPCongestionControlAlgorithm= that
929 allows setting a per-route TCP algorithm.
930
931 * networkd gained a new option KeepFileDescriptor= to allow keeping a
932 reference (file descriptor) open on TUN/TAP interfaces, which is
933 useful to avoid link flaps while the underlying service providing the
934 interface is being serviced.
935
936 * RouteTable= now also accepts route table names.
937
938 Changes in systemd-nspawn:
939
940 * The --bind= and --overlay= options now support relative paths.
941
942 * The --bind= option now supports a 'rootidmap' value, which will
943 use id-mapped mounts to map the root user inside the container to the
944 owner of the mounted directory on the host.
945
946 Changes in systemd-resolved:
947
948 * systemd-resolved now persists DNSOverTLS in its state file too. This
949 fixes a problem when used in combination with NetworkManager, which
950 sends the setting only once, causing it to be lost if resolved was
951 restarted at any point.
952
953 * systemd-resolved now exposes a varlink socket at
954 /run/systemd/resolve/io.systemd.Resolve.Monitor, accessible only for
955 root. Processed DNS requests in a JSON format will be published to
956 any clients connected to this socket.
957
958 resolvectl gained a 'monitor' verb to make use of this.
959
960 * systemd-resolved now treats unsupported DNSSEC algorithms as INSECURE
961 instead of returning SERVFAIL, as per RFC:
962 https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6840#section-5.2
963
964 * OpenSSL is the default crypto backend for systemd-resolved. (gnutls
965 is still supported.)
966
967 Changes in libsystemd and other libraries:
968
969 * libsystemd now exports sd_bus_error_setfv() (a convenience function
970 for setting bus errors), sd_id128_string_equal (a convenience
971 function for 128bit ID string comparisons), and
972 sd_bus_message_read_strv_extend() (a function to incrementally read
973 string arrays).
974
975 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_get_child_first()/_next() as a
976 high-level interface for enumerating child devices. It also supports
977 sd_device_new_child() for opening a child device given a device
978 object.
979
980 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_monitor_set()/get_description()
981 which allow setting a custom description that will be used in log
982 messages by sd_device_monitor*.
983
984 * Private shared libraries (libsystemd-shared-nnn.so,
985 libsystemd-core-nnn.so) are now installed into arch-specific
986 directories to allow multi-arch installs.
987
988 * A new sd-gpt.h header is now published, listing GUIDs from the
989 Discoverable Partitions specification. For more details see:
990 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/
991
992 * A new function sd_hwdb_new_from_path() has been added to open a hwdb
993 database given an explicit path to the file.
994
995 * The signal number argument to sd_event_add_signal() now can now be
996 ORed with the SD_EVENT_SIGNAL_PROCMASK flag, causing sigprocmask() to
997 be automatically invoked to block the specified signal. This is
998 useful to simplify invocations as the caller doesn't have to do this
999 manually.
1000
1001 * A new convenience call sd_event_set_signal_exit() has been added to
1002 sd-event to set up signal handling so that the event loop
1003 automatically terminates cleanly on SIGTERM/SIGINT.
1004
1005 Changes in other components:
1006
1007 * systemd-sysusers, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysctl configuration
1008 can now be provided via the credential mechanism.
1009
1010 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb 'compare-versions' that implements
1011 comparisons for versions strings (similarly to 'rpmdev-vercmp' and
1012 'dpkg --compare-versions').
1013
1014 * 'systemd-analyze dump' is extended to accept glob patterns for unit
1015 names to limit the output to matching units.
1016
1017 * tmpfiles.d/ lines can read file contents to write from a credential.
1018 The new modifier char '^' is used to specify that the argument is a
1019 credential name. This mechanism is used to automatically populate
1020 /etc/motd, /etc/issue, and /etc/hosts from credentials.
1021
1022 * tmpfiles.d/ may now be configured to avoid changing uid/gid/mode of
1023 an inode if the specification is prefixed with ':' and the inode
1024 already exists.
1025
1026 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration now carries a line to automatically
1027 use an 'ssh.authorized_keys.root' credential if provided to set up
1028 the SSH authorized_keys file for the root user.
1029
1030 * systemd-tmpfiles will now gracefully handle absent source of "C" copy
1031 lines.
1032
1033 * tmpfiles.d/ F/w lines now optionally permit encoding of the payload
1034 in base64. This is useful to write arbitrary binary data into files.
1035
1036 * The pkgconfig and rpm macros files now export the directory for user
1037 units as 'user_tmpfiles_dir' and '%_user_tmpfilesdir'.
1038
1039 * Detection of Apple Virtualization and detection of Parallels and
1040 KubeVirt virtualization on non-x86 archs have been added.
1041
1042 * os-release gained a new field SUPPORT_END=YYYY-MM-DD to inform the
1043 user when their system will become unsupported.
1044
1045 * When performing suspend-then-hibernate, the system will estimate the
1046 discharge rate and use that to set the delay until hibernation and
1047 hibernate immediately instead of suspending when running from a
1048 battery and the capacity is below 5%.
1049
1050 * systemd-sysctl gained a --strict option to fail when a sysctl
1051 setting is unknown to the kernel.
1052
1053 * machinectl supports --force for the 'copy-to' and 'copy-from'
1054 verbs.
1055
1056 * coredumpctl gained the --root and --image options to look for journal
1057 files under the specified root directory, image, or block device.
1058
1059 * 'journalctl -o' and similar commands now implement a new output mode
1060 "short-delta". It is similar to "short-monotonic", but also shows the
1061 time delta between subsequent messages.
1062
1063 * journalctl now respects the --quiet flag when verifying consistency
1064 of journal files.
1065
1066 * Journal log messages gained a new implicit field _RUNTIME_SCOPE= that
1067 will indicate whether a message was logged in the 'initrd' phase or
1068 in the 'system' phase of the boot process.
1069
1070 * Journal files gained a new compatibility flag
1071 'HEADER_INCOMPATIBLE_COMPACT'. Files with this flag implement changes
1072 to the storage format that allow reducing size on disk. As with other
1073 compatibility flags, older journalctl versions will not be able to
1074 read journal files using this new format. The environment variable
1075 'SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_COMPACT=0' can be passed to systemd-journald to
1076 disable this functionality. It is enabled by default.
1077
1078 * systemd-run's --working-directory= switch now works when used in
1079 combination with --scope.
1080
1081 * portablectl gained a --force flag to skip certain sanity checks. This
1082 is implemented using new flags accepted by systemd-portabled for the
1083 *WithExtensions() D-Bus methods: SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_ATTACH
1084 flag now means that the attach/detach checks whether the units are
1085 already present and running will be skipped. Similarly,
1086 SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_SYSEXT flag means that the check whether
1087 image name matches the name declared inside of the image will be
1088 skipped. Callers must be sure to do those checks themselves if
1089 appropriate.
1090
1091 * systemd-portabled will now use the original filename to check
1092 extension-release.NAME for correctness, in case it is passed a
1093 symlink.
1094
1095 * systemd-portabled now uses PrivateTmp=yes in the 'trusted' profile
1096 too.
1097
1098 * sysext's extension-release files now support '_any' as a special
1099 value for the ID= field, to allow distribution-independent extensions
1100 (e.g.: fully statically compiled binaries, scripts). It also gained
1101 support for a new ARCHITECTURE= field that may be used to explicitly
1102 restrict an image to hosts of a specific architecture.
1103
1104 * systemd-repart now supports creating squashfs partitions. This
1105 requires mksquashfs from squashfs-tools.
1106
1107 * systemd-repart gained a --split flag to also generate split
1108 artifacts, i.e. a separate file for each partition. This is useful in
1109 conjunction with systemd-sysupdate or other tools, or to generate
1110 split dm-verity artifacts.
1111
1112 * systemd-repart is now able to generate dm-verity partitions, including
1113 signatures.
1114
1115 * systemd-repart can now set a partition UUID to zero, allowing it to
1116 be filled in later, such as when using verity partitions.
1117
1118 * systemd-repart now supports drop-ins for its configuration files.
1119
1120 * Package metadata logged by systemd-coredump in the system journal is
1121 now more compact.
1122
1123 * xdg-autostart-service now expands 'tilde' characters in Exec lines.
1124
1125 * systemd-oomd now automatically links against libatomic, if available.
1126
1127 * systemd-oomd now sends out a 'Killed' D-Bus signal when a cgroup is
1128 killed.
1129
1130 * scope units now also provide oom-kill status.
1131
1132 * systemd-pstore will now try to load only the efi_pstore kernel module
1133 before running, ensuring that pstore can be used.
1134
1135 * systemd-logind gained a new StopIdleSessionSec= option to stop an idle
1136 session after a preconfigure timeout.
1137
1138 * systemd-homed will now wait up to 30 seconds for workers to terminate,
1139 rather than indefinitely.
1140
1141 * homectl gained a new '--luks-sector-size=' flag that allows users to
1142 select the preferred LUKS sector size. Must be a power of 2 between 512
1143 and 4096. systemd-userdbd records gained a corresponding field.
1144
1145 * systemd-sysusers will now respect the 'SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH' environment
1146 variable when generating the 'sp_lstchg' field, to ensure an image
1147 build can be reproducible.
1148
1149 * 'udevadm wait' will now listen to kernel uevents too when called with
1150 --initialized=no.
1151
1152 * When naming network devices udev will now consult the Devicetree
1153 "alias" fields for the device.
1154
1155 * systemd-udev will now create infiniband/by-path and
1156 infiniband/by-ibdev links for Infiniband verbs devices.
1157
1158 * systemd-udev-trigger.service will now also prioritize input devices.
1159
1160 * ConditionACPower= and systemd-ac-power will now assume the system is
1161 running on AC power if no battery can be found.
1162
1163 * All features and tools using the TPM2 will now communicate with it
1164 using a bind key. Beforehand, the tpm2 support used encrypted sessions
1165 by creating a primary key that was used to encrypt traffic. This
1166 creates a problem as the key created for encrypting the traffic could
1167 be faked by an active interposer on the bus. In cases when a pin is
1168 used, a bind key will be used. The pin is used as the auth value for
1169 the seal key, aka the disk encryption key, and that auth value will be
1170 used in the session establishment. An attacker would need the pin
1171 value to create the secure session and thus an active interposer
1172 without the pin cannot interpose on TPM2 traffic.
1173
1174 * systemd-growfs no longer requires udev to run.
1175
1176 * systemd-backlight now will better support systems with multiple
1177 graphic cards.
1178
1179 * systemd-cryptsetup's keyfile-timeout= option now also works when a
1180 device is used as a keyfile.
1181
1182 * systemd-cryptenroll gained a new --unlock-key-file= option to get the
1183 unlocking key from a key file (instead of prompting the user). Note
1184 that this is the key for unlocking the volume in order to be able to
1185 enroll a new key, but it is not the key that is enrolled.
1186
1187 * systemd-dissect gained a new --umount switch that will safely and
1188 synchronously unmount all partitions of an image previously mounted
1189 with 'systemd-dissect --mount'.
1190
1191 * When using gcrypt, all systemd tools and services will now configure
1192 it to prefer the OS random number generator if present.
1193
1194 * All example code shipped with documentation has been relicensed from CC0
1195 to MIT-0.
1196
1197 * Unit tests will no longer fail when running on a system without
1198 /etc/machine-id.
1199
1200 Experimental features:
1201
1202 * BPF programs can now be compiled with bpf-gcc (requires libbpf >= 1.0
1203 and bpftool >= 7.0).
1204
1205 * sd-boot can automatically enroll SecureBoot keys from files found on
1206 the ESP. This enrollment can be either automatic ('force' mode) or
1207 controlled by the user ('manual' mode). It is sufficient to place the
1208 SecureBoot keys in the right place in the ESP and they will be picked
1209 up by sd-boot and shown in the boot menu.
1210
1211 * The mkosi config in systemd gained support for automatically
1212 compiling a kernel with the configuration appropriate for testing
1213 systemd. This may be useful when developing or testing systemd in
1214 tandem with the kernel.
1215
1216 Contributions from: 김인수, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Aidan Dang,
1217 Akihiko Odaki, Alban Bedel, Albert Mikaelyan, Aleksey Vasenev,
1218 Alexander Graf, Alexander Shopov, Alexander Wilson,
1219 Alper Nebi Yasak, anarcat, Anders Jonsson, Andre Kalb,
1220 Andrew Stone, Andrey Albershteyn, Anita Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt,
1221 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arnaud Ferraris, Aryan singh, asavah,
1222 Avamander, Avram Lubkin, Balázs Meskó, Bastien Nocera,
1223 Benjamin Franzke, BerndAdameit, bin456789, Celeste Liu,
1224 Chih-Hsuan Yen, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
1225 Christian Hesse, Clyde Byrd III, codefiles, Colin Walters,
1226 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Daniel Braunwarth,
1227 Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Darsey Litzenberger, David Edmundson,
1228 David Jaša, David Rheinsberg, David Seifert, David Tardon,
1229 dependabot[bot], Devendra Tewari, Dominique Martinet, drosdeck,
1230 Edson Juliano Drosdeck, Eduard Tolosa, eggfly, Einsler Lee,
1231 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Evgeny Vereshchagin, exploide, Fei Li,
1232 Foster Snowhill, Franck Bui, Frank Dana, Frantisek Sumsal,
1233 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Goffredo Baroncelli, gtwang01,
1234 Guillaume W. Bres, H A, Hans de Goede, Heinrich Schuchardt,
1235 Hugo Carvalho, i-do-cpp, igo95862, j00512545, Jacek Migacz,
1236 Jade Bilkey, James Hilliard, Jan B, Janis Goldschmidt,
1237 Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku,
1238 Jason A. Donenfeld, Javkhlanbayar Khongorzul, Jeremy Soller,
1239 JeroenHD, jiangchuangang, João Loureiro,
1240 Joaquín Ignacio Aramendía, Jochen Sprickerhof,
1241 Johannes Schauer Marin Rodrigues, Jonas Kümmerlin,
1242 Jonas Witschel, Jonathan Kang, Jonathan Lebon, Joost Heitbrink,
1243 Jörg Thalheim, josh-gordon-fb, Joyce, Kai Lueke, lastkrick,
1244 Lennart Poettering, Leon M. George, licunlong, Li kunyu,
1245 LockBlock-dev, Loïc Collignon, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
1246 Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Łukasz Stelmach, Maccraft123,
1247 Marc Kleine-Budde, Marius Vollmer, Martin Wilck, matoro,
1248 Matthias Lisin, Max Gautier, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
1249 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Stanke, Mike Gilbert,
1250 Mitchell Freiderich, msizanoen1, Nick Rosbrook, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
1251 Oleg Solovyov, Olga Smirnova, Pablo Ceballos, Pavel Zhukov,
1252 Phaedrus Leeds, Philipp Gortan, Piotr Drąg, Pyfisch,
1253 Quentin Deslandes, Rahil Bhimjiani, Rene Hollander, Richard Huang,
1254 Richard Phibel, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James, Sarah Brofeldt,
1255 Sean Anderson, Sebastian Scheibner, Shreenidhi Shedi,
1256 Sonali Srivastava, Steve Ramage, Suraj Krishnan, Swapnil Devesh,
1257 Takashi Sakamoto, Ted X. Toth, Temuri Doghonadze, Thomas Blume,
1258 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hebb, Tomáš Hnyk, Tomasz Paweł Gajc,
1259 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, undef, Uriel Corfa,
1260 Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Dagonneau, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
1261 Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wenchao Hao, William Roberts, williamsumendap,
1262 wineway, xiaoyang, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe,
1263 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhaofeng Li, наб
1264
1265 – The Great Beyond, 2022-10-31 👻
1266
1267 CHANGES WITH 251:
1268
1269 Backwards-incompatible changes:
1270
1271 * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15,
1272 and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist.
1273
1274 * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our
1275 components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89.
1276
1277 * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures
1278 routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by
1279 default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many
1280 existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since
1281 systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly
1282 configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files.
1283
1284 * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped'
1285 when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved
1286 signal to the behaviour it had before v250.
1287
1288 * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and
1289 GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra
1290 return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata.
1291 The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and
1292 thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped,
1293 and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that
1294 nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface.
1295
1296 * All kernels supported by systemd mix bytes returned by RDRAND (or
1297 similar) into the entropy pool at early boot. This means that on
1298 those systems, even if /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still
1299 returns bytes that are of at least RDRAND quality. For that reason,
1300 we no longer have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which
1301 has historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6
1302 provide the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random
1303 bytes before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into
1304 kmsg, which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct
1305 usage of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are
1306 running an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not
1307 seen with 250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86
1308 systems, there should be no visible changes.
1309
1310 * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12
1311 rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on
1312 systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all
1313 commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use
1314 reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12
1315 instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain
1316 compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson
1317 option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false).
1318 If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12
1319 *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users
1320 to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove
1321 this compatibility feature in two years' time.
1322
1323 * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead
1324 of pcap.
1325
1326 * A udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with lowercase
1327 hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd 250. This
1328 has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are supposed to
1329 be used, and we already had a rule with the appropriate match.
1330
1331 Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries.
1332
1333 * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters
1334 (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files).
1335 It is apparently used by the linker now.
1336
1337 * The tmpfiles entries that create the /run/systemd/netif directory and
1338 its subdirectories were moved from tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf to
1339 tmpfiles.d/systemd-network.conf.
1340
1341 Users might need to adjust their files that override tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf
1342 to account for this change.
1343
1344 * The requirement for Portable Services images to contain a well-formed
1345 os-release file (i.e.: contain at least an ID field) is now enforced.
1346 This applies to base images and extensions, and also to systemd-sysext.
1347
1348 Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot:
1349
1350 * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1
1351 entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick
1352 explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot
1353 entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new
1354 --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the
1355 entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden
1356 image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on
1357 first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the
1358 machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the
1359 --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token
1360 file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for
1361 example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will
1362 make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the
1363 images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot,
1364 but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of
1365 the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported.
1366
1367 Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire
1368 identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both
1369 remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the
1370 value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another
1371 suitable identifier before deploying the image.
1372
1373 * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with
1374 /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP)
1375 that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/
1376 directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this
1377 directory by other projects). For entries that follow the
1378 Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file.
1379
1380 bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the
1381 systemd-boot boot loader.
1382
1383 * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in
1384 /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as
1385 $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This
1386 allows choosing different initrd generators.
1387
1388 * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty
1389 directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1
1390 entry). The path to this directory is exported as
1391 $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should
1392 drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final
1393 location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been
1394 prepared successfully.
1395
1396 * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification
1397 to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is
1398 read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install,
1399 with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from
1400 os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations,
1401 entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way.
1402
1403 * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have
1404 the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries
1405 without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by
1406 version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list.
1407
1408 * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the
1409 paths and other settings used.
1410
1411 * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu
1412 entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a
1413 working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.)
1414
1415 * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced
1416 by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not
1417 necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable
1418 ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of
1419 the option is still understood to maximize compatibility.
1420
1421 * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot
1422 menu entries in JSON format.
1423
1424 * 'bootctl is-installed' now supports the --graceful, and various verbs
1425 omit output with the new option --quiet.
1426
1427 Changes in systemd-homed:
1428
1429 * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts
1430 of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected
1431 file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the
1432 range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534,
1433 leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16bit UID range
1434 is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used
1435 for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID).
1436 Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home
1437 directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this
1438 release a fourth range is added to these mappings:
1439 524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container
1440 uses, see:
1441
1442 https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS
1443
1444 This range may be used for container managers that place container OS
1445 trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for
1446 quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system
1447 compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note
1448 that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the
1449 UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by
1450 `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the
1451 context of the local system.
1452
1453 Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant
1454 container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at
1455 UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime
1456 UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation
1457 time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime
1458 concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent
1459 user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying
1460 handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended
1461 to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed.
1462
1463 Changes in shared libraries:
1464
1465 * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is
1466 installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing
1467 libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total
1468 installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse.
1469
1470 * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and
1471 libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option
1472 'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the
1473 systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version),
1474 thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be
1475 available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where
1476 programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because
1477 they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of
1478 the library.
1479
1480 * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is
1481 similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID
1482 format instead of as a simple series of hex characters.
1483
1484 * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname()
1485 and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device
1486 object from a device node name or file system path.
1487
1488 * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the
1489 device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object
1490 has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around
1491 device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media
1492 change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of
1493 the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match
1494 with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that
1495 the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object.
1496
1497 Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd:
1498
1499 * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to
1500 OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the
1501 handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are:
1502 $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS,
1503 $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single
1504 handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler.
1505
1506 * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows
1507 system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to
1508 ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of
1509 disk image files.)
1510
1511 'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths.
1512
1513 * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on
1514 cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and
1515 trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set,
1516 but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user
1517 manager.
1518
1519 (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.)
1520
1521 * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result
1522 of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied
1523 in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute.
1524
1525 The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by
1526 systemd-oomd.
1527
1528 * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to
1529 normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked
1530 unit files.
1531
1532 The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname
1533 (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info).
1534
1535 The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a
1536 service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY).
1537
1538 * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=,
1539 *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=,
1540 PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=,
1541 PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=,
1542 ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=,
1543 MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user
1544 services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long
1545 as user namespaces are enabled on the system.
1546
1547 * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no
1548 longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with
1549 Condition*= settings.
1550
1551 * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files
1552 from the directory will be loaded as credentials.
1553
1554 * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units,
1555 that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels
1556 assign to each cgroup.
1557
1558 * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog
1559 devices and the associated governor, via the new
1560 RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration
1561 options in /etc/systemd/system.conf.
1562
1563 * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show
1564 timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st.
1565
1566 * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when
1567 the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version
1568 (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output.
1569
1570 * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range"
1571 have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run
1572 within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID
1573 range
1574
1575 * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever
1576 running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their
1577 counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has not
1578 been completed.
1579
1580 * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful
1581 environment variables set describing the execution context a
1582 bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the
1583 system service manager, or from the per-user service
1584 manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked
1585 in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether
1586 systemd considers the current boot to be a "first"
1587 boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is
1588 detected and which type of hypervisor/container
1589 manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the
1590 kernel is built for.
1591
1592 * PID 1 will now automatically pick up system credentials from qemu's
1593 fw_cfg interface, thus allowing passing arbitrary data into VM
1594 systems similar to how this is already supported for passing them
1595 into `systemd-nspawn` containers. Credentials may now also be passed
1596 in via the new kernel command line option `systemd.set_credential=`
1597 (note that kernel command line options are world-readable during
1598 runtime, and only useful for credentials that require no
1599 confidentiality). The credentials that can be passed to unified
1600 kernels that use the `systemd-stub` UEFI stub are now similarly
1601 picked up automatically. Automatic importing of system credentials
1602 this way can be turned off via the new
1603 `systemd.import_credentials=no` kernel command line option.
1604
1605 * LoadCredential= will now automatically look for credentials in the
1606 /etc/credstore/, /run/credstore/, /usr/lib/credstore/ directories if
1607 the argument is not an absolute path. Similarly,
1608 LoadCredentialEncrypted= will check the same directories plus
1609 /etc/credstore.encrypted/, /run/credstore.encrypted/ and
1610 /usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/. The idea is to use those directories
1611 as the system-wide location for credentials that services should pick
1612 up automatically.
1613
1614 * System and service credentials are described in great detail in a new
1615 document:
1616
1617 https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS
1618
1619 Changes in systemd-journald:
1620
1621 * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable
1622 interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/).
1623
1624 * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option.
1625
1626 * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and
1627 updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new:
1628
1629 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS
1630 https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES
1631
1632 Changes in udev:
1633
1634 * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs,
1635 calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables,
1636 keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by
1637 default.
1638
1639 * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to
1640 process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier.
1641
1642 systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger
1643 block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster.
1644
1645 * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match,
1646 --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only
1647 already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been
1648 initialized yet, respectively.
1649
1650 * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific
1651 device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in
1652 scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through
1653 repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need
1654 to synchronize on the creation to complete.
1655
1656 * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block
1657 devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is
1658 an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and
1659 usable in scripts dealing with block devices.
1660
1661 * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its
1662 output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types.
1663
1664 * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and
1665 suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy.
1666
1667 * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in
1668 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block
1669 device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does
1670 not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will
1671 guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified
1672 diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of
1673 the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with
1674 the one in the symlink path.
1675
1676 * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link.
1677
1678 * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on
1679 the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously
1680 only supported in .network files.
1681
1682 * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting
1683 and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions.
1684
1685 Changes in systemd-networkd:
1686
1687 * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route]
1688 section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with
1689 "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is
1690 still honored.
1691
1692 * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been
1693 added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be
1694 up.
1695
1696 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting
1697 that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge.
1698
1699 * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and
1700 configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section.
1701
1702 * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match
1703 on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.)
1704
1705 This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'.
1706
1707 * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network
1708 devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network
1709 address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified
1710 address.
1711
1712 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev
1713 files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata
1714 mode).
1715
1716 * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in
1717 Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface.
1718
1719 * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and
1720 BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address,
1721 server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure
1722 PXE boot).
1723
1724 Changes in systemd-resolved:
1725
1726 * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it
1727 available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed
1728 there.
1729
1730 Changes in disk encryption:
1731
1732 * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to
1733 enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new
1734 --tpm2-with-pin= option.
1735
1736 Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab.
1737
1738 * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now
1739 used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips
1740 cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys.
1741
1742 * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to
1743 systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to
1744 use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens.
1745
1746 Changes in systemd-hostnamed:
1747
1748 * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info
1749 to override the values gleaned from the hwdb.
1750
1751 * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device
1752 /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by
1753 hostnamed.
1754
1755 * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial()
1756 for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also
1757 exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the
1758 firmware version of the system.
1759
1760 Changes in other components:
1761
1762 * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/
1763 handling with the values that were configured during systemd build
1764 (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other
1765 mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have
1766 reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults.
1767
1768 * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the
1769 list of known users.
1770
1771 * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be
1772 used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell
1773 invocations (instead of the default /bin/bash).
1774
1775 * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server
1776 information dynamically at runtime via IPC.
1777
1778 * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports
1779 whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if
1780 firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and
1781 a device found.
1782
1783 * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted
1784 credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this
1785 provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement
1786 codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The
1787 service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if
1788 a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials
1789 "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems.
1790
1791 * When deciding whether to colorize output, all systemd programs now
1792 also check $COLORTERM (in addition to $NO_COLOR, $SYSTEMD_COLORS, and
1793 $TERM).
1794
1795 * Meson's new install_tag feature is now in use for several components,
1796 allowing to build and install select binaries only: pam, nss, devel
1797 (pkg-config files), systemd-boot, libsystemd, libudev. Example:
1798 $ meson build systemd-boot
1799 $ meson install --tags systemd-boot --no-rebuild
1800 https://mesonbuild.com/Installing.html#installation-tags
1801
1802 * A new build configuration option has been added, to allow selecting the
1803 default compression algorithm used by systemd-journald and systemd-coredump.
1804 This allows to build-in support for decompressing all supported formats,
1805 but choose a specific one for compression. E.g.:
1806 $ meson -Ddefault-compression=xz
1807
1808 Experimental features:
1809
1810 * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in
1811 loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the
1812 sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM
1813 PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the
1814 PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot
1815 itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot.
1816 Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going
1817 to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining
1818 compatibility with the current implementation.
1819
1820 * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically
1821 discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host
1822 installation itself, or container images, portable service images,
1823 and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates.
1824
1825 Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox,
1826 AlexCatze, Alex Henrie, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alice S,
1827 Alvin Šipraga, amarjargal, Amarjargal, Andrea Pappacoda,
1828 Andreas Rammhold, Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
1829 Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be,
1830 bearhoney, Ben Efros, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Franzke,
1831 Brett Holman, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III, Curtis Klein,
1832 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Danilo Krummrich,
1833 David, David Bond, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, davijosw,
1834 dependabot[bot], Donald Chan, Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa,
1835 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1836 Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY,
1837 Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gibeom Gwon, Goffredo Baroncelli,
1838 Grigori Goronzy, Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho,
1839 Jakob Lell, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
1840 Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram, Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva,
1841 Kazuo Moriwaka, Khem Raj, ksa678491784, Lance, Lan Tian,
1842 Laura Barcziova, Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong,
1843 Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
1844 Luca BRUNO, lucagoc, Ludwig Nussel, Marcel Hellwig, march1993,
1845 Marco Scardovi, Mario Limonciello, Mariusz Tkaczyk,
1846 Markus Weippert, Martin, Martin Liska, Martin Wilck, Matija Skala,
1847 Matthew Blythe, Matthias Lisin, Matthijs van Duin, Matt Walton,
1848 Max Gautier, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný,
1849 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, MkfsSion, Morten Linderud,
1850 Nick Rosbrook, Nikolai Grigoriev, Nikolai Kostrigin,
1851 Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Pablo Ceballos, Peter Hutterer,
1852 Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, Piotr Drąg, prumian, Richard Neill,
1853 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, rodin-ia, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof,
1854 Ryan Hendrickson, Santa Wiryaman, Sebastian Pucilowski, Seth Falco,
1855 Simon Ellmann, Sonali Srivastava, Stefan Seering,
1856 Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo, techtino, Temuri Doghonadze,
1857 Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tobias Stoeckmann,
1858 Tomasz Pala, Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
1859 Vivien Didelot, w30023233, wangyuhang, Weblate, Xiaotian Wu,
1860 yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yutsuten, Yu Watanabe,
1861 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
1862
1863 — Edinburgh, 2022-05-21
1864
1865 CHANGES WITH 250:
1866
1867 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
1868 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
1869 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
1870 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
1871 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
1872 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
1873 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
1874 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
1875 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
1876 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
1877 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
1878
1879 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
1880 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
1881 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
1882 installation or hardware.
1883
1884 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
1885 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
1886
1887 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
1888 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
1889 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
1890 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
1891 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
1892 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
1893 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
1894
1895 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
1896 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
1897 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
1898 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
1899 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
1900 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
1901 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
1902 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
1903 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
1904 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
1905 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
1906 drop-in file mechanism).
1907
1908 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
1909 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
1910 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
1911 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
1912 service, or attached as system extension.
1913
1914 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
1915 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
1916 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
1917 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
1918 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
1919
1920 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
1921 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
1922 are supported.
1923
1924 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
1925 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
1926 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
1927 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
1928 systemd-binfmtd is running.
1929
1930 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
1931 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
1932 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
1933 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
1934 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
1935 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
1936 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
1937 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
1938 does not trigger any operation by default.
1939
1940 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
1941 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
1942 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
1943 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
1944 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
1945 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
1946 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
1947 waiting for this way to the system service manager.
1948
1949 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
1950 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
1951 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
1952 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
1953 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
1954
1955 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
1956 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
1957 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
1958 request this behavior.
1959
1960 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
1961 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
1962 time-out for the boot.
1963
1964 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
1965 /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used
1966 to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
1967 started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this
1968 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
1969 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
1970 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
1971 system services or the managers themselves.
1972
1973 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
1974 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
1975 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
1976 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
1977 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
1978 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
1979 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
1980 group handles).
1981
1982 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
1983 restricting access to specific network interfaces.
1984
1985 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
1986 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
1987 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
1988 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
1989 assign resources differently during boot than during regular
1990 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
1991 vs. CPUWeight.
1992
1993 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
1994 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
1995 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
1996 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
1997 during boot and shutdown.
1998
1999 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
2000 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
2001 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
2002 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
2003 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
2004 https://docs.kernel.org/accounting/psi.html
2005
2006 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
2007 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
2008
2009 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
2010 for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/.
2011
2012 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
2013 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
2014
2015 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
2016 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
2017 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
2018 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
2019 variable passed to invoked processes.
2020
2021 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
2022 and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as
2023 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
2024
2025 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
2026 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
2027 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
2028 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
2029 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
2030 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
2031 names.
2032
2033 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
2034 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
2035 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
2036 dimensions to a virtual machine.
2037
2038 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
2039 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
2040 only watches the main process of a service. By setting
2041 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
2042 cgroup instead.
2043
2044 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
2045 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
2046 mounting the autofs instance.
2047
2048 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
2049 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
2050 during build-time.
2051
2052 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
2053 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
2054 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
2055 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
2056 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
2057 socket units.
2058
2059 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
2060 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
2061 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
2062
2063 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
2064 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
2065 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
2066 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
2067 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
2068 trust as SHA256 banks.
2069
2070 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
2071 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
2072 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
2073 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
2074
2075 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
2076 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
2077 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
2078 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
2079 instead.
2080
2081 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
2082 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
2083 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
2084 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
2085
2086 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
2087 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
2088 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
2089 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
2090 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
2091 root partition.
2092
2093 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
2094 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
2095 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
2096 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
2097 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
2098 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
2099
2100 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
2101 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
2102 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
2103 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
2104 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
2105
2106 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
2107 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
2108
2109 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
2110 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
2111
2112 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
2113 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
2114 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
2115 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
2116 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
2117 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
2118 and how to trigger it.
2119
2120 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
2121 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
2122 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
2123 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
2124 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
2125 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
2126 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
2127 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
2128 batteries.
2129
2130 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
2131 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
2132 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
2133 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
2134 against abnormal system shutdown.
2135
2136 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
2137 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
2138 directory/image instead of on the host.
2139
2140 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
2141 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
2142 actually is.
2143
2144 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
2145 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
2146 or recursively any dependent units.
2147
2148 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
2149 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
2150 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
2151 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
2152 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
2153 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
2154 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
2155 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
2156 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
2157 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
2158 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
2159
2160 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
2161
2162 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
2163 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
2164 "filesystems" commands.
2165
2166 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used
2167 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
2168 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
2169 through them.
2170
2171 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
2172 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
2173 including the build-id and other info described on:
2174 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
2175
2176 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA]
2177 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
2178 interfaces.
2179
2180 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
2181 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
2182
2183 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
2184 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
2185 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
2186 CAN timing quanta.
2187
2188 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
2189 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
2190 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
2191 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
2192 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
2193 CAN interface.
2194
2195 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
2196 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
2197 addresses.
2198
2199 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
2200 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
2201 announced MTU settings to the local interface.
2202
2203 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
2204 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
2205 DHCP 6RD option.
2206
2207 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
2208 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
2209 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
2210
2211 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
2212 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
2213
2214 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
2215 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
2216 propagated to the downstream interfaces.
2217
2218 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
2219 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
2220 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
2221 records.
2222
2223 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section
2224 has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
2225 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
2226 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
2227 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
2228
2229 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
2230 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
2231 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
2232 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
2233 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
2234 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
2235 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
2236 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
2237
2238 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
2239 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
2240
2241 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
2242 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
2243 wait before reacting to carrier loss.
2244
2245 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
2246 setting to specify the router address.
2247
2248 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
2249 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
2250 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
2251 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
2252
2253 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
2254 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
2255 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
2256 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
2257 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
2258
2259 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
2260 interfaces has been improved.
2261
2262 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
2263 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via
2264 RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or
2265 [WireGuardPeer] sections.
2266
2267 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
2268 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
2269 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
2270
2271 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
2272 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
2273 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
2274
2275 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname-policy=
2276 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
2277 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
2278 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
2279
2280 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
2281 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
2282 hardware supports.
2283
2284 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
2285 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
2286
2287 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
2288 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
2289 that supports this.
2290
2291 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
2292 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
2293 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
2294 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
2295 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
2296 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
2297 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
2298
2299 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
2300 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
2301 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
2302 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
2303 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
2304 the performance win is beneficial.
2305
2306 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
2307 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
2308
2309 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
2310 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
2311 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
2312 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
2313 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
2314 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
2315 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
2316 taken to shift them manually.
2317
2318 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
2319 show the Windows version.
2320
2321 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
2322 build-time.
2323
2324 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
2325 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
2326 resolutions and save the last selection.
2327
2328 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
2329 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
2330 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
2331 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
2332
2333 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
2334 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
2335 items).
2336
2337 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
2338 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
2339 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
2340 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
2341 for the XBOOTLDR partition.
2342
2343 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
2344 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
2345 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
2346
2347 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
2348 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
2349 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
2350 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
2351 (development) sd-boot instance from another.
2352
2353 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
2354 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
2355 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
2356 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
2357 kernel image.
2358
2359 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
2360 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
2361
2362 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
2363 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
2364 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
2365 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
2366 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
2367 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
2368 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
2369 credentials, see above).
2370
2371 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
2372 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
2373 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
2374
2375 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
2376 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
2377 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
2378 Specification Type #2.
2379
2380 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
2381 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
2382 non-x86 architectures.
2383
2384 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
2385 may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all
2386 or just the subsequent boot).
2387
2388 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables
2389 KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from
2390 /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use
2391 for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools
2392 don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The
2393 only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the
2394 layout specified in
2395 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
2396 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
2397 values for this variable.
2398
2399 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
2400 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
2401 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
2402 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
2403 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
2404 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
2405 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
2406 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
2407 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
2408 machine-id.
2409
2410 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
2411 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
2412 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
2413 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
2414 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
2415 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
2416 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
2417 without conflict.
2418
2419 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
2420 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
2421 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
2422 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
2423 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
2424 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
2425 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
2426 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
2427 installations that use the bls layout.
2428
2429 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
2430
2431 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
2432 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
2433 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
2434 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
2435 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
2436 attached under a wrong name this way.
2437
2438 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
2439 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
2440 default 'add').
2441
2442 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
2443 specific udev properties/values instead of all.
2444
2445 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
2446 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
2447 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
2448 be accessible to regular users.
2449
2450 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
2451 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
2452 they point (front or back).
2453
2454 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
2455 added to hwdb.
2456
2457 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
2458 now also owned by the system group "sgx".
2459
2460 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
2461 added to define additional naming schemes for udev's network
2462 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
2463 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
2464 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
2465 sources to introduce new named schemes.
2466
2467 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
2468 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
2469
2470 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
2471 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
2472 support).
2473
2474 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
2475 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
2476 --cgroup-id= switches.)
2477
2478 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
2479 Journal files instead of just the local ones.
2480
2481 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
2482 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
2483 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
2484
2485 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
2486 forked, sandboxed process.
2487
2488 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
2489 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
2490 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
2491 reason it was not tried again.
2492
2493 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
2494 system lock on the image file while the home area is active
2495 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
2496 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
2497 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
2498 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
2499
2500 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
2501 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
2502 homectl switch.
2503
2504 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
2505 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
2506 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
2507 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
2508 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
2509 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
2510 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
2511 system trees is no longer necessary.
2512
2513 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
2514 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
2515 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
2516
2517 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
2518 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
2519 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
2520 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
2521 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
2522 FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
2523
2524 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
2525 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
2526 by default.
2527
2528 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
2529 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
2530 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
2531 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
2532 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
2533 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
2534
2535 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
2536 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
2537 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
2538 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
2539 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
2540 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
2541 precisely.
2542
2543 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
2544 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
2545 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
2546 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
2547 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
2548 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
2549 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
2550 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
2551 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
2552
2553 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
2554 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
2555 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
2556 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
2557 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
2558 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
2559 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
2560 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
2561 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
2562 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
2563 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
2564 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
2565
2566 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
2567 to use when outputting user or group records.
2568
2569 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
2570 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
2571 record resolution logic.
2572
2573 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
2574 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
2575 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
2576 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
2577 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
2578 other also configured in the command line.
2579
2580 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
2581 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
2582 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
2583 watch.
2584
2585 * The sd-event API gained a new function
2586 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
2587 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
2588 leaves the rate limiting phase.
2589
2590 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
2591 to port systemd to a new architecture:
2592
2593 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
2594
2595 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
2596 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
2597
2598 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
2599 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
2600 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
2601 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
2602 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
2603 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
2604 shutdown.
2605
2606 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
2607 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
2608 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
2609 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
2610 environments.
2611
2612 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
2613 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
2614 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
2615 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
2616 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
2617 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
2618 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
2619 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
2620 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
2621 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
2622 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
2623
2624 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
2625 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
2626 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
2627 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
2628
2629 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
2630 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
2631
2632 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
2633
2634 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
2635 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
2636 appropriate primary group.
2637
2638 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
2639
2640 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
2641
2642 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
2643 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
2644 work.
2645
2646 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
2647 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
2648
2649 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
2650 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
2651
2652 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
2653 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
2654
2655 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
2656 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
2657 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
2658 that have compression enabled.
2659
2660 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
2661 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
2662 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
2663 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
2664
2665 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
2666 messages.
2667
2668 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
2669 corruption.
2670
2671 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
2672 scheduled shutdown.
2673
2674 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
2675 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
2676 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable
2677 licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
2678
2679 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
2680 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
2681 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
2682 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
2683 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
2684 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
2685 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
2686 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
2687 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
2688 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
2689 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
2690 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
2691 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
2692 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
2693 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
2694 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
2695 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
2696 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
2697 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
2698 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
2699 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
2700 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
2701 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
2702 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
2703 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
2704 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
2705 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
2706 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
2707 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
2708 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
2709 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
2710 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
2711 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
2712 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
2713 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
2714 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
2715 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley,
2716 Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri,
2717 StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto,
2718 Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher,
2719 Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson,
2720 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat,
2721 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian,
2722 xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷),
2723 Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
2724 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
2725
2726 — Warsaw, 2021-12-23
2727
2728 CHANGES WITH 249:
2729
2730 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
2731 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
2732 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
2733 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
2734 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
2735 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
2736 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
2737 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
2738 a matching version identifier.
2739
2740 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
2741 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
2742 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
2743 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
2744 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
2745 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
2746 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
2747 during first boot. Example:
2748
2749 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
2750
2751 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
2752 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
2753 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
2754 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
2755 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
2756
2757 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
2758 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
2759 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
2760 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
2761 /etc/).
2762
2763 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
2764 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
2765 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
2766 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
2767
2768 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
2769 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
2770 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
2771 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
2772 systemd-sysusers tools.
2773
2774 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
2775 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
2776 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
2777 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
2778 itself.
2779
2780 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
2781 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
2782 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
2783 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
2784 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
2785 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
2786 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
2787 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
2788 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
2789 immediately, even in read-only mode.
2790
2791 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
2792 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
2793 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
2794 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
2795 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
2796
2797 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
2798 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
2799 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
2800 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
2801 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
2802
2803 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
2804 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
2805 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
2806 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
2807 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
2808 specifiers.
2809
2810 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
2811 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
2812 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
2813 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
2814
2815 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
2816 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
2817 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
2818 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
2819 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
2820 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
2821 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
2822 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
2823 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
2824 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
2825 information, see:
2826
2827 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
2828
2829 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
2830 (IEEE 1394).
2831
2832 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
2833 backwards-incompatible changes:
2834
2835 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
2836 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
2837 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
2838 number.
2839
2840 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
2841 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
2842 where values up to 65535 are used.
2843
2844 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
2845
2846 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
2847 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming-scheme=v247" kernel
2848 command line parameter.
2849
2850 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
2851 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
2852 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
2853
2854 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
2855 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
2856 the udev device first appeared in the database.
2857
2858 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
2859 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
2860 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
2861 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
2862 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
2863 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
2864 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
2865 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
2866 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
2867 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
2868 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
2869 uevent.
2870
2871 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
2872 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
2873 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
2874 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
2875 index.
2876
2877 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
2878 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
2879 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
2880 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
2881 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
2882 for that official:
2883
2884 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
2885
2886 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
2887 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
2888 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
2889 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
2890 services into them.
2891
2892 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
2893 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
2894 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
2895 available on private domains.
2896
2897 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
2898
2899 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
2900 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
2901 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
2902
2903 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
2904 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
2905 connectivity.
2906
2907 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
2908 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
2909 consider an interface "online".
2910
2911 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
2912 information.
2913
2914 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
2915 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
2916
2917 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
2918 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
2919
2920 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
2921 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
2922 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
2923 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
2924
2925 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
2926 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
2927 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
2928 before.
2929
2930 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
2931 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
2932 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
2933 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
2934
2935 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
2936 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
2937 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
2938
2939 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
2940 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
2941 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
2942 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
2943 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
2944 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
2945 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
2946
2947 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
2948 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
2949 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
2950 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
2951 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
2952 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
2953 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
2954 compatibility.)
2955
2956 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
2957 files.
2958
2959 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
2960 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
2961 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
2962 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
2963
2964 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
2965 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
2966 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
2967 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
2968 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
2969 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
2970
2971 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
2972 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
2973 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
2974 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
2975 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
2976 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
2977 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
2978 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
2979 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
2980 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
2981 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
2982 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
2983 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
2984 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
2985 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
2986
2987 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
2988
2989 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
2990 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
2991 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
2992 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
2993 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
2994 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
2995 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
2996
2997 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
2998 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
2999 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
3000 via BPF.
3001
3002 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
3003 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
3004 check whether running on an UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
3005 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
3006
3007 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
3008 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
3009 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
3010 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
3011 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
3012 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
3013
3014 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
3015 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
3016 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
3017 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
3018 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
3019 program code that can consume JSON.
3020
3021 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
3022 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
3023
3024 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
3025 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
3026 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
3027 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
3028 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
3029 continue to be supported for compatibility.
3030
3031 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
3032 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
3033
3034 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
3035 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
3036 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
3037 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
3038 level.
3039
3040 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
3041 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
3042 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
3043 Type 1 boot loader entries.
3044
3045 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
3046 may be specified now.
3047
3048 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
3049 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
3050 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
3051 an interactive user is generally not present.
3052
3053 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
3054 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
3055 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
3056 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
3057 asterisks.)
3058
3059 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
3060 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
3061 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
3062 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
3063 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
3064 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
3065 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
3066 used FIDO2 token.
3067
3068 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
3069 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
3070 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
3071 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
3072 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
3073 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
3074 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
3075
3076 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
3077 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
3078 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
3079 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
3080 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
3081 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
3082 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
3083 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
3084 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
3085 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
3086 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
3087 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
3088 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
3089 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
3090 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
3091 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
3092 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
3093 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
3094 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
3095 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
3096 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
3097 privileges on the host).
3098
3099 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
3100 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
3101 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
3102
3103 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
3104 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
3105 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
3106 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
3107 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
3108 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
3109 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
3110 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
3111 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
3112
3113 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
3114 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
3115 user database lookups.
3116
3117 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
3118 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
3119 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
3120 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
3121 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
3122 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
3123 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
3124 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
3125 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
3126 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
3127 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
3128 is trivially simple.
3129
3130 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
3131 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
3132 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
3133 Journal records.
3134
3135 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
3136 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
3137 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
3138 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
3139 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
3140 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
3141 units that are members of a slice.
3142
3143 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
3144 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
3145 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
3146 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
3147
3148 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
3149 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
3150 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
3151 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
3152 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
3153 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
3154
3155 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
3156 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
3157 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
3158 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
3159 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
3160 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
3161 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
3162 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
3163 another unit that intends to uphold it.
3164
3165 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
3166 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
3167
3168 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
3169 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
3170 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
3171
3172 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
3173 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
3174 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
3175 characters literally.
3176
3177 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
3178 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
3179 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
3180 switch.
3181
3182 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
3183 the systemd source code tree:
3184
3185 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
3186
3187 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
3188 the initrd.
3189
3190 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
3191 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
3192 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
3193
3194 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
3195 or the slices it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
3196 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
3197 unit can claim before hitting the limits.
3198
3199 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
3200 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
3201 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
3202 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
3203 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
3204 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
3205 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
3206 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
3207
3208 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
3209 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
3210
3211 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
3212 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
3213 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
3214 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
3215
3216 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
3217 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
3218 generation.
3219
3220 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
3221 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
3222 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
3223
3224 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
3225 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
3226
3227 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
3228 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
3229 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
3230
3231 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
3232 setting a network timeout time.
3233
3234 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
3235 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
3236 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
3237
3238 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
3239 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
3240 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
3241 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
3242 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
3243 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
3244 that.
3245
3246 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
3247 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
3248 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
3249 events in a short time window.
3250
3251 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
3252 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
3253 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
3254 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
3255 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
3256 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
3257 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
3258 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
3259 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
3260 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
3261 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
3262 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
3263 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
3264 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
3265 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
3266 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
3267 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
3268 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
3269 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
3270 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
3271 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
3272 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
3273 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
3274 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
3275 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
3276 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
3277 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
3278 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
3279 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
3280 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
3281 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
3282
3283 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
3284
3285 CHANGES WITH 248:
3286
3287 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
3288 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
3289 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
3290 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
3291 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
3292 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
3293
3294 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
3295 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
3296 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
3297
3298 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
3299 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
3300 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
3301
3302 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
3303 supported system extension level.
3304
3305 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
3306 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
3307 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
3308 constraints.
3309
3310 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
3311 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
3312 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
3313
3314 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
3315 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
3316 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
3317 similar to /etc/crypttab.
3318
3319 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
3320 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
3321
3322 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
3323 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
3324 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
3325 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
3326 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
3327
3328 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
3329 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
3330 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
3331 user.
3332
3333 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
3334 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
3335 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
3336 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
3337 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
3338 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
3339 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
3340 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
3341
3342 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
3343 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
3344 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
3345 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
3346 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
3347
3348 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
3349 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
3350 D-Bus properties.
3351
3352 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
3353 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
3354 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
3355 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
3356 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
3357 shows this in the status output.
3358
3359 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
3360 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
3361 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
3362 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
3363 the need for configuration in an external file.
3364
3365 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
3366 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
3367 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
3368
3369 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
3370 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
3371 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
3372
3373 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
3374 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
3375 them. See:
3376
3377 http://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
3378
3379 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
3380
3381 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
3382 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
3383 dependency.
3384
3385 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
3386 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
3387 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
3388
3389 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
3390 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
3391 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
3392 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
3393 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
3394 output and such.
3395
3396 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
3397 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
3398
3399 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
3400 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
3401
3402 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
3403 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
3404 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
3405 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
3406
3407 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
3408 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
3409 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
3410 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
3411
3412 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
3413 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
3414 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
3415
3416 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
3417 IPC namespace.
3418
3419 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
3420 generated from kernel lists exported on
3421 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
3422
3423 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
3424 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
3425 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
3426
3427 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
3428 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
3429 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
3430 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
3431
3432 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
3433 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
3434 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
3435
3436 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
3437 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
3438 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
3439 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
3440
3441 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
3442 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
3443
3444 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
3445 noexec for parts of the file system.
3446
3447 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
3448 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
3449 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
3450 systemctl and similar tools:
3451
3452 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
3453
3454 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
3455 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
3456 the host itself is connected to
3457
3458 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
3459
3460 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
3461 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
3462 parameter: the message to send.
3463
3464 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
3465 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
3466 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
3467
3468 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
3469 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
3470
3471 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
3472 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
3473
3474 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
3475 queue to be configured.
3476
3477 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
3478 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
3479 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
3480
3481 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
3482 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
3483 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
3484 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
3485 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
3486 .network files.
3487
3488 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
3489 switch to select the routing policy table.
3490
3491 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
3492 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
3493
3494 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
3495 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
3496 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
3497 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
3498 added.
3499
3500 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
3501 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
3502
3503 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
3504 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
3505
3506 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
3507 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
3508 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
3509 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
3510
3511 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
3512 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
3513 devices.
3514
3515 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
3516 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
3517 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
3518
3519 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
3520 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
3521 even a single device.
3522
3523 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
3524 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
3525 systems.
3526
3527 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
3528 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
3529
3530 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
3531 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
3532 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
3533 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
3534 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
3535
3536 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
3537 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
3538
3539 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
3540 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
3541 libfprint.
3542
3543 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
3544 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
3545 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
3546 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
3547 the upstream server.
3548
3549 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
3550 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
3551 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
3552 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
3553 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
3554 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
3555 anyway.
3556
3557 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
3558 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
3559 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
3560
3561 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
3562 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
3563 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
3564 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
3565 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
3566 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
3567 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
3568 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
3569 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
3570 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
3571 lookup.
3572
3573 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
3574 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
3575 capabilities passed to the container payload.
3576
3577 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
3578 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
3579 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
3580 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
3581 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
3582 IPv4-only).
3583
3584 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
3585 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
3586 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
3587
3588 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
3589 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
3590
3591 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
3592 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
3593 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
3594 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
3595 units.
3596
3597 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
3598 backwards-compatibility promises apply). Swap is not required for
3599 operation, but it is still recommended.
3600
3601 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
3602 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
3603
3604 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
3605 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
3606
3607 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
3608 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
3609 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
3610
3611 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
3612 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
3613 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
3614
3615 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
3616 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
3617 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
3618 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
3619 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
3620 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
3621 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
3622 imported into the manager environment block.
3623
3624 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
3625 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
3626 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
3627
3628 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
3629 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
3630 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
3631 reloaded "↻".
3632
3633 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
3634 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
3635 a simple JSON format.
3636
3637 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
3638 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
3639 process signals and their numbers.
3640
3641 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
3642
3643 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
3644 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
3645
3646 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
3647 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
3648 colors are used in output.
3649
3650 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
3651 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
3652 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
3653 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
3654 disable this output again.
3655
3656 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
3657 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
3658 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
3659 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
3660
3661 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
3662 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
3663 recommended.
3664
3665 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
3666 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
3667 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
3668 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
3669 the keymap file first.
3670
3671 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
3672
3673 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
3674 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
3675 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
3676
3677 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
3678 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
3679 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
3680 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
3681
3682 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
3683 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
3684 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
3685 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
3686 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
3687 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
3688
3689 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
3690 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
3691 headers/legends.
3692
3693 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
3694 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
3695 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
3696 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
3697 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
3698 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
3699 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
3700 operations at a later step at once.
3701
3702 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
3703 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
3704 to regular strings.
3705
3706 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
3707 and measured the boot process into it.
3708
3709 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
3710 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
3711 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
3712 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
3713
3714 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
3715 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
3716 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
3717 it assigns the container a cgroup.
3718
3719 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
3720 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
3721
3722 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
3723 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
3724
3725 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
3726 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
3727 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
3728 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
3729 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
3730 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
3731 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
3732 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
3733 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
3734 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
3735 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
3736 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
3737 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
3738 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
3739 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
3740 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
3741 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
3742 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
3743 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
3744 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
3745 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
3746 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
3747 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
3748 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
3749 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
3750 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
3751 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
3752 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
3753 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
3754 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
3755 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
3756 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
3757 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
3758 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
3759 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
3760 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
3761 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
3762
3763 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
3764
3765 CHANGES WITH 247:
3766
3767 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
3768 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
3769 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
3770 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
3771 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
3772 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
3773 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
3774 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
3775 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
3776 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
3777 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
3778 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
3779 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
3780 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
3781 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
3782
3783 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
3784 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
3785 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
3786 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
3787 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
3788 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
3789 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
3790 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
3791 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
3792 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
3793 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
3794 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
3795 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
3796 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
3797 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
3798
3799 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
3800 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
3801 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
3802 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
3803 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
3804 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
3805 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
3806 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
3807 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
3808 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
3809
3810 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
3811 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
3812 handle the new events. Specifically:
3813
3814 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
3815 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
3816 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
3817 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
3818 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
3819 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
3820 generated, for all other device types this change is still
3821 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
3822 future kernel uevent type additions).
3823
3824 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
3825 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
3826 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
3827 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
3828 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
3829 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
3830 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
3831 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
3832 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
3833 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
3834 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
3835 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
3836
3837 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
3838 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
3839 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
3840 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
3841 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
3842 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
3843 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
3844 above).
3845
3846 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
3847 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
3848 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
3849 behaviour change.
3850
3851 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
3852 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
3853 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
3854 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
3855 "udevadm trigger -a change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
3856 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
3857 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
3858 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
3859 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
3860 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
3861 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
3862 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
3863 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
3864 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
3865 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
3866 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
3867 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
3868 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
3869 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
3870 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
3871 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
3872 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
3873 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
3874 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
3875 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
3876 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
3877
3878 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
3879 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
3880 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
3881 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
3882 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
3883
3884 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
3885 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
3886 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
3887 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
3888 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
3889 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
3890 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
3891 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
3892 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
3893 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
3894 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
3895 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
3896 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
3897
3898 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
3899 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
3900 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
3901 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
3902 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
3903 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
3904 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
3905 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
3906 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
3907 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
3908 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
3909 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
3910 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
3911 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
3912 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
3913 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
3914 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
3915 they now are optional during runtime.
3916
3917 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
3918 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
3919 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
3920 which installs absolute timers.
3921
3922 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
3923 mode, which may be controlled via the new
3924 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
3925 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
3926 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
3927 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
3928 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
3929 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
3930 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
3931 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
3932
3933 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
3934 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
3935 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
3936 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
3937 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
3938 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
3939 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
3940 dispatched).
3941
3942 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
3943 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
3944 the RootImage= setting.
3945
3946 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
3947 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
3948 to the service.
3949
3950 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
3951 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
3952 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
3953 different for different units).
3954
3955 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
3956 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
3957 options.
3958
3959 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
3960 --json= switch.
3961
3962 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
3963 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
3964 authentication request.
3965
3966 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
3967 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
3968 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
3969 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
3970 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
3971 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
3972 empty.
3973
3974 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
3975 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
3976 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
3977 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
3978 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
3979 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
3980 image to be applied onto the image.
3981
3982 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
3983 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
3984 in OS disk images.
3985
3986 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
3987 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
3988 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
3989 other output modes.
3990
3991 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
3992 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
3993 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
3994 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
3995
3996 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
3997 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
3998 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
3999 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
4000 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
4001 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
4002 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
4003 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
4004 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
4005 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
4006
4007 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
4008 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
4009 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
4010 recursively to whole subtrees.
4011
4012 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
4013 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
4014 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
4015 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
4016 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
4017 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
4018 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
4019 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
4020
4021 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
4022 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
4023 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
4024 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
4025 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
4026 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
4027 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
4028 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
4029 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
4030 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
4031 system asks for a password.
4032
4033 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
4034 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
4035 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
4036 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
4037 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
4038 up.
4039
4040 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
4041 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
4042 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
4043
4044 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
4045 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
4046 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
4047 virtualization.
4048
4049 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
4050 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
4051 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
4052 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
4053 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
4054 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
4055 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
4056 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
4057 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
4058 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
4059 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
4060 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
4061 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
4062 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
4063 directories:
4064
4065 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
4066
4067 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
4068 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
4069 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
4070
4071 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
4072 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
4073 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
4074 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
4075
4076 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
4077 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
4078
4079 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
4080 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
4081 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
4082 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
4083 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
4084 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
4085 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
4086 applications.
4087
4088 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
4089 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
4090 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
4091 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
4092 build time.
4093
4094 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
4095 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
4096 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
4097 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
4098 system call filter policy.
4099
4100 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
4101 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
4102 filtering is turned off.
4103
4104 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
4105 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
4106 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
4107 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
4108 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
4109 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
4110 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
4111 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
4112 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
4113
4114 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
4115 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
4116 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
4117 exited.
4118
4119 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
4120 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
4121
4122 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
4123 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
4124 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
4125 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
4126 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
4127 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
4128 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
4129 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
4130 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
4131 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
4132 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
4133 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
4134 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
4135 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
4136 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
4137 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
4138 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
4139 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
4140 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
4141 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
4142 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
4143 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
4144
4145 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
4146 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
4147 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
4148 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
4149 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
4150 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
4151 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
4152 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
4153 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
4154 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
4155 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
4156 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
4157 aforementioned service settings.
4158
4159 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
4160 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
4161 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
4162 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
4163 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
4164 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
4165 and populated — there is no time window where they are
4166 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
4167 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
4168 will start from the beginning.
4169
4170 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
4171 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
4172 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
4173 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
4174
4175 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
4176 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
4177 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
4178 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
4179 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
4180 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
4181 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
4182 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
4183 on, including in the initrd.
4184
4185 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
4186 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
4187 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
4188 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
4189
4190 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
4191 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
4192 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
4193 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
4194 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
4195
4196 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
4197 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
4198 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
4199 this property in its status output.
4200
4201 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
4202 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
4203 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
4204 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
4205 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
4206 more similarly to nss-resolve.
4207
4208 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
4209 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
4210 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
4211 ctime.
4212
4213 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
4214 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
4215
4216 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
4217 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
4218 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
4219 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
4220 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
4221 having to rebuild systemd.
4222
4223 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
4224 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
4225 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
4226 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
4227 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
4228 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
4229 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
4230 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
4231
4232 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
4233 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
4234 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
4235 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
4236 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
4237 hardlinks.
4238
4239 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
4240 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
4241 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
4242
4243 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
4244 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
4245 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
4246 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
4247
4248 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
4249 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
4250
4251 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
4252 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
4253 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
4254 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
4255 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
4256
4257 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
4258 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
4259 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
4260 compatibility).
4261
4262 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
4263 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
4264 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
4265 prefix will be assigned.
4266
4267 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
4268 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
4269 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
4270 The setting is enabled by default.
4271
4272 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
4273 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
4274
4275 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
4276 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
4277 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
4278 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
4279 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
4280 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
4281 debuggable.
4282
4283 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
4284 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
4285 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
4286 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
4287
4288 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
4289 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
4290
4291 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
4292 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
4293 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
4294 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
4295 environments where the root file system is
4296 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
4297 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
4298
4299 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
4300 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
4301 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
4302 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
4303 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
4304 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
4305 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
4306 later).
4307
4308 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
4309 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
4310 working with heavily threaded programs.
4311
4312 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
4313 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
4314 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
4315 desirable.
4316
4317 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
4318 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
4319 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
4320 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
4321 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
4322 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
4323
4324 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
4325 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
4326 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
4327 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
4328 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
4329
4330 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
4331 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
4332 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
4333 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
4334 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
4335 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
4336 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
4337 promises.
4338
4339 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
4340 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
4341 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
4342 promises.
4343
4344 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
4345 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
4346 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
4347 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
4348 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
4349 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
4350 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
4351 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
4352 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
4353
4354 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
4355 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
4356 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
4357 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
4358 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
4359 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
4360 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
4361 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
4362 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
4363
4364 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
4365 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
4366 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
4367 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
4368 like this.
4369
4370 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
4371 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
4372 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
4373 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
4374 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
4375 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
4376 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
4377 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
4378 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
4379
4380 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
4381 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
4382 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
4383 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
4384 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
4385 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
4386 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
4387 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
4388 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
4389 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
4390 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
4391 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
4392 appropriately.
4393
4394 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
4395 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
4396 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
4397 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
4398 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
4399 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
4400
4401 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
4402 contents in commented form in the text editor.
4403
4404 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
4405 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
4406 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
4407 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
4408 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
4409 protections for the different slices in the future.
4410
4411 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
4412 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
4413 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
4414 image dissection logic.
4415
4416 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
4417 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
4418 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
4419 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
4420 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
4421 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
4422 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
4423 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
4424 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
4425 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
4426 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
4427 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
4428 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
4429 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
4430 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
4431 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
4432 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
4433 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
4434 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
4435 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
4436 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
4437 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
4438 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
4439 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
4440 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
4441 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
4442 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
4443 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
4444 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
4445 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
4446 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
4447 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4448 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
4449
4450 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
4451
4452 CHANGES WITH 246:
4453
4454 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
4455 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
4456 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
4457
4458 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
4459 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
4460
4461 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
4462 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
4463 based on the NUMA mask.
4464
4465 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
4466 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
4467 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
4468
4469 * Two new unit file settings
4470 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
4471 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
4472 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
4473 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
4474
4475 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
4476 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
4477 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
4478 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
4479 instance).
4480
4481 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
4482 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
4483 service's processes shall include.
4484
4485 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
4486 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
4487 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
4488 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
4489
4490 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
4491 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
4492 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
4493 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
4494 depending on socket type.
4495
4496 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
4497 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
4498 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
4499 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
4500 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
4501 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
4502 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
4503 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
4504 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
4505 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
4506
4507 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
4508 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
4509 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
4510 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
4511 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
4512 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
4513 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
4514 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
4515
4516 * .service unit files gained two new options
4517 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
4518 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
4519 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
4520
4521 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
4522 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
4523 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
4524 prefix is used.
4525
4526 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
4527 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
4528 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
4529 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
4530 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
4531 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
4532 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
4533 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
4534 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
4535 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
4536 key/certificate parameters support this now.
4537
4538 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
4539 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
4540 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
4541 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
4542 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
4543 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
4544
4545 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
4546 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
4547 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
4548 finally gone now.
4549
4550 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
4551 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
4552 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
4553 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
4554
4555 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
4556 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
4557 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
4558 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
4559 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
4560 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
4561 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
4562 which is quite likely a major security problem.
4563
4564 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
4565 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
4566 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
4567 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
4568 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
4569
4570 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
4571 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
4572 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
4573 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
4574 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
4575
4576 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
4577 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
4578 boot.
4579
4580 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
4581 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
4582 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
4583 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
4584 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
4585 device.
4586
4587 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
4588 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
4589 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
4590
4591 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
4592 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
4593 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
4594 conditions.
4595
4596 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
4597 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
4598 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
4599 in order to make test cases more reliable.
4600
4601 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
4602 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
4603 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
4604 the process that faulted.
4605
4606 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
4607 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
4608 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
4609
4610 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
4611 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
4612 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
4613 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
4614 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
4615
4616 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
4617 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
4618 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
4619 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
4620 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
4621
4622 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
4623 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
4624 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
4625 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
4626 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
4627
4628 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
4629 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
4630 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
4631 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
4632 frame ring buffer sizes.
4633
4634 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
4635 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
4636
4637 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
4638 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
4639
4640 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
4641 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
4642 automatically assigned to the interface.
4643
4644 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
4645 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
4646 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
4647 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
4648 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
4649 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
4650 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
4651 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
4652 mode for Assign=.
4653
4654 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
4655 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
4656 source addresses.
4657
4658 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
4659 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
4660 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
4661 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
4662 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
4663 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
4664 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
4665 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
4666 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
4667 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
4668
4669 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
4670 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
4671 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
4672 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
4673 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
4674 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
4675 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
4676
4677 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
4678 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
4679 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
4680 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
4681 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
4682 the RA packets suggest it.
4683
4684 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
4685 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
4686 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
4687 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
4688
4689 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
4690 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
4691 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
4692 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
4693 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
4694 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
4695 field.
4696
4697 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
4698 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
4699 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
4700 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
4701 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
4702 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
4703
4704 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
4705 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
4706
4707 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
4708 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
4709 the VLAN protocol to use.
4710
4711 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
4712 of the .network files, to control the link group.
4713
4714 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
4715 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
4716 link local address is generated.
4717
4718 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
4719 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
4720 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
4721 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
4722 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
4723 carefully picking an interface name to use.
4724
4725 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
4726 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
4727
4728 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
4729 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
4730
4731 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
4732 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
4733 are still understood to provide compatibility.
4734
4735 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
4736 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
4737 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
4738 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
4739 interfaces up or down.
4740
4741 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
4742 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
4743 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
4744 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
4745 interface may be specified (after "%").
4746
4747 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
4748 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
4749 public DNS servers are not used.
4750
4751 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
4752
4753 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
4754 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
4755 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
4756 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
4757 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
4758 defined by systemd-resolved).
4759
4760 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
4761 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
4762 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
4763
4764 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
4765 --property=…".
4766
4767 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
4768 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
4769 use --plain.
4770
4771 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
4772 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
4773 being deprecated in favor of this option.
4774
4775 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
4776 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
4777 process itself.
4778
4779 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
4780 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
4781 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
4782 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
4783 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
4784 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
4785 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
4786 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
4787 implementations.
4788
4789 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
4790 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
4791 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
4792 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
4793 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
4794 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
4795 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
4796 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
4797 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
4798
4799 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
4800 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
4801 initialization.
4802
4803 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
4804 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
4805 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
4806
4807 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
4808 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
4809 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
4810 without any decoration.
4811
4812 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
4813 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
4814 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
4815 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
4816 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
4817 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
4818
4819 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
4820 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
4821 coredump data from.
4822
4823 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
4824 the zstd algorithm.
4825
4826 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
4827 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
4828 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
4829 not block clean file system unmounting.
4830
4831 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
4832 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
4833 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
4834
4835 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
4836 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
4837 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
4838 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
4839
4840 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
4841 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
4842
4843 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
4844 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
4845 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
4846 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
4847 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
4848 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
4849 instead of operating on actual block devices.
4850
4851 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
4852 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
4853
4854 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
4855 instead of 0.
4856
4857 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
4858 specifier expansion.
4859
4860 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
4861 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
4862 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
4863 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
4864 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
4865
4866 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
4867 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
4868 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
4869 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
4870 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
4871
4872 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
4873 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
4874 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
4875 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
4876 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
4877 --fido2-device= option.
4878
4879 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
4880 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
4881 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
4882 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
4883 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
4884 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
4885 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
4886
4887 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
4888 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
4889 changed from ext2 to ext4.
4890
4891 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
4892 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
4893 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
4894 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
4895 before the system continues to boot.
4896
4897 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
4898 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
4899 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
4900 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
4901 instead of at installation time.
4902
4903 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
4904 volumes with automatically from files in
4905 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
4906 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
4907
4908 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
4909 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
4910
4911 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
4912 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
4913 instance.
4914
4915 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
4916 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
4917 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
4918 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
4919
4920 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
4921 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
4922
4923 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
4924 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
4925 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
4926 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
4927 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
4928 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
4929 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
4930 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
4931 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
4932 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
4933 incremental).
4934
4935 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
4936 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
4937 which it then operates.
4938
4939 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
4940 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
4941 directories for various resources.
4942
4943 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
4944 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
4945 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
4946 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
4947 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
4948 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
4949 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
4950 via the new --no-block switch.
4951
4952 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
4953 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
4954 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
4955 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
4956 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
4957 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
4958 case.
4959
4960 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
4961 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
4962 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
4963 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
4964
4965 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
4966 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
4967 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
4968 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
4969 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
4970
4971 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
4972 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
4973 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
4974 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
4975 vtable is associated with.
4976
4977 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
4978 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
4979 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
4980 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
4981
4982 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
4983 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
4984 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
4985
4986 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
4987
4988 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
4989 document the methods, signals and properties.
4990
4991 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
4992 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
4993 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
4994 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
4995 desktops has been added:
4996
4997 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
4998 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
4999 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
5000
5001 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
5002 and has now moved to:
5003
5004 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
5005
5006 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
5007 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
5008 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
5009 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
5010 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
5011 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
5012 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
5013
5014 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
5015 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
5016 target of the service during runtime.
5017
5018 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
5019 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
5020 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
5021
5022 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
5023 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
5024 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
5025 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
5026 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
5027 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
5028 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
5029 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
5030 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
5031 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
5032 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
5033 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5034 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
5035 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
5036 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
5037 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
5038 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
5039 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
5040 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
5041 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
5042 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
5043 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
5044 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
5045 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
5046 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
5047 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
5048 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
5049 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
5050 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
5051 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
5052 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
5053 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
5054 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
5055 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
5056 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
5057 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
5058 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5059 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
5060
5061 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
5062
5063 CHANGES WITH 245:
5064
5065 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
5066 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
5067 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
5068 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
5069 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
5070 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
5071 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
5072 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
5073 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
5074 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
5075 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
5076 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
5077 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
5078 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
5079 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
5080 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
5081 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
5082 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
5083 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
5084 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
5085 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
5086
5087 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
5088 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
5089 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
5090 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
5091 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
5092 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
5093 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
5094 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
5095 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
5096 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
5097 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
5098 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
5099 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
5100 that for the first time resource management and various other
5101 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
5102 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
5103 to apply on login. For further details see:
5104
5105 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
5106 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
5107 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
5108
5109 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
5110 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
5111 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
5112 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
5113 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
5114 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
5115 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
5116 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
5117 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
5118
5119 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
5120
5121 For further details about the format and expectations on home
5122 directories this new daemon makes, see:
5123
5124 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
5125
5126 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
5127 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
5128 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
5129 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
5130 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
5131 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
5132 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
5133 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
5134 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
5135 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
5136 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
5137 usage limitations and other settings.
5138
5139 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
5140 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
5141 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
5142 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
5143 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
5144 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
5145 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
5146 resource usage.
5147
5148 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
5149 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
5150
5151 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
5152 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
5153 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
5154 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
5155 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
5156
5157 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
5158 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
5159 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
5160 itself and the default for all other processes.
5161
5162 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
5163 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
5164 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
5165 database into account.
5166
5167 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
5168 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
5169 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
5170 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
5171
5172 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
5173 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
5174 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
5175 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
5176 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
5177 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
5178 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
5179 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
5180 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
5181 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
5182
5183 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
5184 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
5185 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
5186 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
5187 event source watching it is freed).
5188
5189 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
5190 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
5191 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
5192 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
5193
5194 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
5195 (IFB) network devices.
5196
5197 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
5198 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
5199
5200 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
5201 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
5202 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
5203 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
5204 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
5205 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
5206
5207 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
5208 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
5209 with its sense inverted.
5210
5211 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
5212 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
5213 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
5214
5215 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
5216 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
5217 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
5218
5219 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
5220 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
5221 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
5222 to be used.
5223
5224 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
5225 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
5226 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
5227 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
5228 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
5229 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
5230 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
5231
5232 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
5233 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
5234 debugging purposes.
5235
5236 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
5237 group named differently than the user.
5238
5239 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
5240 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
5241 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
5242
5243 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
5244 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
5245 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
5246 /etc/fstab.
5247
5248 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
5249 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
5250 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
5251 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
5252
5253 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
5254 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
5255 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
5256 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
5257
5258 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
5259 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
5260 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
5261 Bernard.
5262
5263 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
5264 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
5265 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
5266 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
5267 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
5268 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
5269 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
5270 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
5271 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
5272 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
5273 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
5274
5275 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
5276 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
5277 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
5278 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
5279 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
5280 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
5281 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
5282 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
5283 command line option.
5284
5285 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
5286 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
5287
5288 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
5289 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
5290 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
5291 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
5292 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
5293 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
5294 systemd-timedated.
5295
5296 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
5297 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
5298 GPT partition table types.
5299
5300 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
5301 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
5302 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
5303
5304 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
5305
5306 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
5307 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
5308 for the respective units.
5309
5310 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
5311 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
5312 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
5313
5314 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
5315 "status" output.
5316
5317 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
5318 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
5319 disappear.
5320
5321 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
5322 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
5323 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
5324 address is used.
5325
5326 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
5327 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
5328 dropped from the individual setting names.
5329
5330 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
5331 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
5332 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
5333 such files in version 243.
5334
5335 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
5336 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
5337 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
5338
5339 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
5340 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
5341 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
5342
5343 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
5344 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
5345 with stopping and disablement.
5346
5347 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
5348 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
5349 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
5350 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
5351 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
5352 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
5353 some internal systemd services (most notably
5354 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
5355 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
5356 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
5357 this systemd release. See
5358 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
5359 additional discussion.
5360
5361 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
5362 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
5363 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
5364 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
5365 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
5366 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
5367 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5368 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
5369 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
5370 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
5371 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
5372 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
5373 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
5374 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
5375 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
5376 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
5377 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
5378 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
5379 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
5380 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
5381 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
5382 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
5383 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
5384 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
5385 DONG
5386
5387 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
5388
5389 CHANGES WITH 244:
5390
5391 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
5392 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
5393 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
5394 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
5395
5396 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
5397 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
5398 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
5399 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
5400
5401 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
5402 units.
5403
5404 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
5405 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
5406 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
5407 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
5408 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
5409 set the EFI variable.
5410
5411 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
5412 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
5413 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
5414 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
5415 and overrides the systemd setting.
5416
5417 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
5418 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
5419 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
5420 effect.)
5421
5422 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
5423 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
5424 that affects all corresponding unit files.
5425
5426 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
5427 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
5428
5429 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
5430 the unit being shown.
5431
5432 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
5433 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
5434 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
5435 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
5436 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
5437
5438 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
5439 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
5440 which need to use them.
5441
5442 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
5443 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
5444 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
5445 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
5446 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
5447 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
5448 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
5449 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
5450 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
5451 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
5452
5453 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
5454 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
5455 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
5456 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
5457 security tokens that were used previously.
5458
5459 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
5460 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
5461 improve power saving with many more devices.
5462
5463 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
5464 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
5465 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
5466
5467 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
5468 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
5469 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
5470 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
5471 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
5472
5473 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
5474 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
5475 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
5476 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
5477 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
5478
5479 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
5480 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
5481
5482 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
5483 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
5484
5485 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
5486 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
5487 now supported.
5488
5489 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
5490 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
5491
5492 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
5493 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
5494 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
5495
5496 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
5497 received from the server.
5498
5499 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
5500 set.
5501
5502 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
5503 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
5504
5505 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
5506 using a new SendOption= setting.
5507
5508 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
5509 service type" value used by the client.
5510
5511 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
5512 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
5513
5514 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
5515 a new SendOption= setting.
5516
5517 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
5518 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
5519
5520 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
5521 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
5522
5523 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
5524 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
5525 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
5526
5527 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
5528 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
5529 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
5530 BSSID for wireless links.
5531
5532 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
5533 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
5534
5535 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
5536 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
5537
5538 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
5539 disciplines in the kernel using the new
5540 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
5541 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
5542 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
5543 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
5544
5545 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
5546
5547 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
5548 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
5549 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
5550 on its own).
5551
5552 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
5553 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
5554 of the present time.
5555
5556 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
5557 reproducible image builds easier).
5558
5559 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
5560 Specification.
5561
5562 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
5563 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
5564 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
5565 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
5566
5567 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
5568 is being used.
5569
5570 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
5571
5572 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
5573 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
5574 path as the system manager.
5575
5576 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
5577 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
5578 representation").
5579
5580 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
5581 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
5582 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
5583 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
5584 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
5585 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
5586 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
5587 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
5588
5589 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
5590 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
5591 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
5592 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
5593 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
5594 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
5595 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
5596 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
5597 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
5598 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
5599 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
5600 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
5601 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
5602 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
5603 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
5604 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
5605 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
5606 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
5607 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
5608 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
5609 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
5610 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
5611 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5612
5613 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
5614
5615 CHANGES WITH 243:
5616
5617 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
5618 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
5619 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
5620 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
5621 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
5622 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
5623 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
5624 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
5625
5626 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
5627 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
5628 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
5629 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
5630 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
5631 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
5632 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
5633 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
5634 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
5635 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
5636 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
5637 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
5638 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
5639 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
5640 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
5641 documentation.
5642
5643 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
5644 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
5645 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
5646 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
5647 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
5648 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
5649 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
5650 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
5651 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
5652 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
5653 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
5654 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
5655 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
5656 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
5657 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
5658 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
5659
5660 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
5661 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
5662 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
5663 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
5664
5665 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
5666 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
5667
5668 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
5669 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
5670 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
5671 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
5672 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
5673 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
5674 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
5675 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
5676 caught up with the kernel API changes.
5677
5678 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
5679 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
5680 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
5681 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
5682 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
5683 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
5684 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
5685 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
5686 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
5687 packagers.
5688
5689 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
5690 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
5691
5692 build/man/man systemctl
5693 build/man/html systemd.index
5694
5695 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
5696 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
5697
5698 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
5699 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
5700 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
5701 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
5702 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
5703 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
5704
5705 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
5706 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
5707 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
5708 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
5709 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
5710 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
5711 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
5712 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
5713 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
5714 unambiguously distinguished.
5715
5716 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
5717 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
5718 very rarely used.
5719
5720 To replace this functionality, users should:
5721 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
5722 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
5723 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
5724 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
5725 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
5726
5727 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
5728 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
5729 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
5730 interfaces should really be matched.
5731
5732 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
5733 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
5734 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
5735 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
5736 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
5737 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
5738
5739 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
5740 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
5741 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
5742 stop the whole unit.
5743
5744 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
5745 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
5746 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
5747 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
5748 generated whenever a unit stops.
5749
5750 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
5751 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
5752 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
5753 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
5754
5755 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
5756 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
5757 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
5758 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
5759 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
5760
5761 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
5762 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
5763 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
5764 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
5765 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
5766 programs set up externally.
5767
5768 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
5769 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
5770 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
5771 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
5772
5773 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
5774 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
5775 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
5776 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
5777 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
5778 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
5779 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
5780
5781 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
5782 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
5783 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
5784 as before.
5785
5786 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
5787 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
5788 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
5789 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
5790 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
5791 links on terminals that support that.
5792
5793 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
5794 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
5795 unmounted safely during shutdown.
5796
5797 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
5798
5799 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
5800 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
5801 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
5802 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
5803 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
5804 The default remains unchanged.
5805
5806 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
5807 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
5808
5809 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
5810 udev property.
5811
5812 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
5813 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
5814 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
5815
5816 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
5817 interfaces natively.
5818
5819 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
5820 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
5821 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
5822 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
5823
5824 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
5825 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
5826 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
5827 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
5828 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
5829 RELEASE message when terminating.
5830
5831 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
5832 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
5833
5834 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
5835 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
5836 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
5837 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
5838 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
5839 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
5840 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
5841
5842 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
5843 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
5844 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
5845 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
5846 added to the GENEVE support.
5847
5848 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
5849 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
5850 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
5851 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
5852 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
5853
5854 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
5855 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
5856 onto the network device.
5857
5858 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
5859 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
5860 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
5861 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
5862 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
5863
5864 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
5865 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
5866 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
5867
5868 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
5869 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
5870
5871 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
5872 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
5873
5874 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
5875 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
5876 statistics.
5877
5878 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
5879 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
5880 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
5881
5882 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
5883 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
5884
5885 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
5886 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
5887 specific udev properties.
5888
5889 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
5890 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
5891 "lo" as underlying device.
5892
5893 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
5894 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
5895 IP addresses, too.
5896
5897 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
5898 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
5899 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
5900 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
5901
5902 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
5903 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
5904 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
5905 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
5906
5907 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
5908 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
5909 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
5910
5911 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
5912 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
5913 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
5914
5915 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
5916
5917 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
5918 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
5919 does the same for recurring calendar events.
5920
5921 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
5922 durations as opposed to points in time).
5923
5924 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
5925 expressions.
5926
5927 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
5928 codes to their names and back.
5929
5930 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
5931 file paths and unit aliases.
5932
5933 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
5934 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
5935 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
5936 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
5937
5938 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
5939 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
5940 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
5941 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
5942 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
5943 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
5944 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
5945 udev rules for that purpose.
5946
5947 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
5948 a device to be initialized.
5949
5950 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
5951 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
5952 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
5953
5954 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
5955 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
5956 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
5957 with gcc's cleanup extension.
5958
5959 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
5960 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
5961 with printf().
5962
5963 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
5964 XML introspection data unmodified.
5965
5966 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
5967 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
5968 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
5969 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
5970
5971 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
5972 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
5973 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
5974 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
5975 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
5976 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
5977 configured to handle the watchdog.
5978
5979 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
5980 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
5981 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
5982
5983 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
5984 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
5985 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
5986
5987 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
5988 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
5989 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
5990 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
5991 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
5992
5993 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
5994 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
5995 review.
5996
5997 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
5998 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
5999
6000 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
6001 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
6002
6003 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
6004 failures to apply them are now ignored.
6005
6006 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
6007 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
6008 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
6009 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
6010
6011 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
6012 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
6013 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
6014 service.
6015
6016 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
6017 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
6018 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
6019 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
6020 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
6021 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
6022 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
6023 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
6024 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
6025 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
6026 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
6027 a seed was received from the boot loader.
6028
6029 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
6030
6031 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
6032 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
6033 above.
6034
6035 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
6036 installed.
6037
6038 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
6039 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
6040 bootloader entry).
6041
6042 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
6043 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
6044
6045 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
6046
6047 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
6048 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
6049 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
6050 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
6051 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
6052
6053 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
6054 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
6055 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
6056
6057 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
6058 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
6059
6060 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
6061 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
6062 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
6063
6064 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
6065 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
6066 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
6067 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
6068 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
6069 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
6070 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
6071 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
6072 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
6073 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
6074 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
6075 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
6076 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
6077 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
6078 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
6079 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
6080 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
6081 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
6082 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
6083 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
6084 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
6085 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
6086 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
6087 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
6088 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
6089 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
6090 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
6091 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
6092 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
6093 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
6094
6095 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
6096
6097 CHANGES WITH 242:
6098
6099 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
6100 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
6101 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
6102 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
6103 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
6104 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
6105 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
6106
6107 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
6108 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
6109
6110 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
6111 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
6112 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
6113 may be used to view this.
6114
6115 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
6116 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
6117 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
6118 ```
6119 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
6120 [Match]
6121 Type=bridge
6122
6123 [Link]
6124 MACAddressPolicy=none
6125 ```
6126
6127 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
6128 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
6129 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
6130 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
6131 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
6132 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
6133 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
6134
6135 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
6136 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
6137
6138 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
6139 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
6140
6141 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
6142 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
6143
6144 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
6145 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
6146 is a USB peripheral).
6147
6148 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
6149 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
6150 measured.
6151
6152 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
6153 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
6154 have privileges to do so).
6155
6156 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
6157 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
6158 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
6159
6160 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
6161 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
6162 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
6163 namespace.
6164
6165 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
6166 in which case environment variable substitution is
6167 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
6168
6169 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
6170 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
6171 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
6172 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
6173 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
6174
6175 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
6176 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
6177 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
6178 installed CPU cores.
6179
6180 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
6181 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
6182 kernel 4.15.
6183
6184 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
6185 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
6186 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
6187 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
6188 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
6189
6190 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
6191 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
6192 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
6193
6194 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
6195 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
6196 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
6197 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
6198 enslaved devices is not operational.
6199
6200 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
6201 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
6202
6203 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
6204 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
6205 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
6206 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
6207 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
6208 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
6209
6210 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
6211 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
6212
6213 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
6214
6215 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
6216 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
6217 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
6218
6219 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
6220 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
6221
6222 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
6223 configure CAN triple sampling.
6224
6225 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
6226 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
6227
6228 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
6229 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
6230 details.
6231
6232 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
6233 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
6234 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
6235 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
6236 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
6237 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
6238
6239 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
6240
6241 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
6242 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
6243 controlling project quota inheritance.
6244
6245 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
6246 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
6247 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
6248 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
6249 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
6250 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
6251 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
6252 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
6253 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
6254 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
6255 partition.
6256
6257 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
6258 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
6259 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
6260 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
6261 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
6262
6263 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
6264 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
6265
6266 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
6267 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
6268 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
6269 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
6270 be used in production yet.
6271
6272 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
6273 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
6274 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
6275 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
6276 input, output, and error are set up.
6277
6278 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
6279
6280 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
6281 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
6282 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
6283
6284 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
6285 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
6286 the specified expression will elapse next.
6287
6288 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
6289 introspection data.
6290
6291 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
6292 the reboot() system call expects.
6293
6294 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
6295 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
6296 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
6297
6298 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
6299 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
6300 ConditionVirtualization=).
6301
6302 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
6303 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
6304 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
6305 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
6306 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
6307 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
6308 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
6309 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
6310 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
6311 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
6312 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
6313 during reboot with their own operations.
6314
6315 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
6316 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
6317 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
6318 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
6319
6320 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
6321 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
6322 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
6323 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
6324 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
6325
6326 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
6327 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
6328
6329 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
6330 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
6331 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
6332 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
6333 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
6334 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
6335 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
6336 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
6337 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
6338
6339 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
6340 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
6341 prohibited.
6342
6343 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
6344 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
6345 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
6346 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
6347 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
6348 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
6349 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
6350 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
6351
6352 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
6353 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
6354 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
6355 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
6356 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
6357 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
6358 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
6359 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
6360 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
6361 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
6362 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6363 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
6364 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
6365 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
6366 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
6367 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
6368 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
6369 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6370
6371 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
6372
6373 CHANGES WITH 241:
6374
6375 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
6376 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
6377 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
6378
6379 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
6380 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
6381 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
6382 include the package release information.
6383
6384 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
6385 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
6386 option.
6387
6388 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
6389 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
6390 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
6391
6392 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
6393 again.
6394
6395 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
6396 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
6397 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
6398 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
6399 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
6400 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
6401 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
6402 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
6403 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
6404 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
6405 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
6406 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
6407 installed .link files to *not* include it.
6408
6409 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
6410 "persistent", now works again as documented.
6411
6412 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
6413 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
6414
6415 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
6416 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
6417 used for side-channel attacks.
6418
6419 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
6420 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
6421 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
6422
6423 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
6424 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
6425 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
6426 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
6427 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
6428 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
6429
6430 fs.protected_regular = 0
6431 fs.protected_fifos = 0
6432
6433 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
6434 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
6435
6436 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
6437 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
6438 POSIX shells.
6439
6440 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
6441 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
6442
6443 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
6444 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
6445 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
6446 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
6447 points but otherwise empty.
6448
6449 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
6450 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
6451 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
6452
6453 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
6454 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
6455
6456 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
6457 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
6458
6459 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
6460 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
6461 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
6462 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
6463 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
6464 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
6465 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
6466 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
6467 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
6468 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
6469 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
6470 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
6471 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
6472 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
6473 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
6474 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6475 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
6476
6477 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
6478
6479 CHANGES WITH 240:
6480
6481 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
6482 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
6483 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
6484 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
6485 an SELinux policy update is required.
6486 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
6487
6488 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
6489 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
6490 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
6491 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
6492 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
6493 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
6494 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
6495 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
6496 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
6497 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
6498
6499 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
6500 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
6501 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
6502 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
6503 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
6504 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
6505 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
6506 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
6507 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
6508 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
6509 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
6510 the search path.
6511
6512 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
6513 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
6514 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
6515 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
6516 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
6517 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
6518 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
6519 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
6520 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
6521 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
6522 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
6523 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
6524 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
6525 start job.
6526
6527 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
6528 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
6529 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
6530 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
6531 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
6532 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
6533 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
6534 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
6535 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
6536 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
6537
6538 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
6539 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
6540 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
6541 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
6542 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
6543 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
6544 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
6545 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
6546 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
6547 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
6548 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
6549 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
6550 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
6551 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
6552 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
6553 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
6554 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
6555 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
6556 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
6557 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
6558 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
6559 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
6560 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
6561 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
6562 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
6563 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
6564 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
6565 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
6566 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
6567 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
6568 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
6569 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
6570 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
6571 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
6572 Java.)
6573
6574 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
6575 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
6576 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
6577 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
6578 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
6579 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
6580 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
6581 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
6582 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
6583 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
6584
6585 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
6586 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
6587 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
6588 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
6589 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
6590 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
6591
6592 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
6593 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
6594 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
6595 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
6596 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
6597
6598 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
6599 https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html
6600
6601 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
6602 reverted.
6603
6604 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
6605 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
6606 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
6607
6608 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
6609 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
6610
6611 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
6612 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
6613 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
6614
6615 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
6616 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
6617 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
6618 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
6619 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
6620 latency.
6621
6622 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
6623 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
6624
6625 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
6626 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
6627 instance part of a unit name.
6628
6629 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
6630 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
6631 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
6632 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
6633 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
6634 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
6635 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
6636 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
6637 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
6638
6639 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
6640 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
6641 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
6642 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
6643
6644 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
6645 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
6646 to a file, and appending to it.
6647
6648 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
6649 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
6650 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
6651 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
6652 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
6653 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
6654
6655 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
6656 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
6657 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
6658 having to touch C code.
6659
6660 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
6661 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
6662
6663 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
6664 DNS-over-TLS.
6665
6666 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
6667 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
6668 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
6669
6670 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
6671 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
6672 until the system finished start-up.
6673
6674 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
6675
6676 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
6677 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
6678 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
6679 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
6680 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
6681 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
6682 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
6683
6684 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
6685 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
6686 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
6687 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
6688 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
6689 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
6690 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
6691 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
6692 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
6693 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
6694 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
6695 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
6696
6697 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
6698 instantiate services.
6699
6700 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
6701 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
6702
6703 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
6704 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
6705 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
6706
6707 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
6708 it is neither used nor maintained.
6709
6710 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
6711 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
6712 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
6713 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
6714 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
6715 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
6716 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
6717 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
6718 separated by colons.
6719
6720 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
6721 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
6722
6723 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
6724 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
6725
6726 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
6727 "ethtool advertise" commands.
6728
6729 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
6730 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
6731 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
6732 directly.
6733
6734 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
6735 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
6736 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
6737 ID.
6738
6739 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
6740 and generate various 128bit IDs.
6741
6742 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
6743 and LOGO=.
6744
6745 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
6746 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
6747 from any hibernated image.
6748
6749 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
6750 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
6751 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
6752 kernel exports them.
6753
6754 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
6755 /usr/bin/.
6756
6757 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
6758 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
6759 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
6760 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
6761 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
6762 now documented here:
6763
6764 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
6765
6766 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
6767 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
6768 installs during early boot.
6769
6770 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
6771 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
6772
6773 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
6774 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
6775
6776 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
6777 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
6778 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
6779
6780 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
6781 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
6782 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
6783 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
6784 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
6785 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
6786 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
6787 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
6788 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
6789 is on AC power.
6790
6791 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
6792 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
6793 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
6794 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
6795 see:
6796
6797 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
6798
6799 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
6800 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
6801 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
6802 and container environments.
6803
6804 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
6805 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
6806 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
6807 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
6808
6809 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
6810 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
6811 journald per-service.
6812
6813 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
6814 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
6815
6816 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
6817 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
6818 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
6819 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
6820
6821 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
6822 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
6823 groups.
6824
6825 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
6826 --ephemeral command line switch.
6827
6828 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
6829 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
6830 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
6831 object itself.
6832
6833 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
6834 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
6835 not unloaded).
6836
6837 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
6838 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
6839 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
6840
6841 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
6842 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
6843 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
6844 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
6845 "dead" state on success.
6846
6847 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
6848 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
6849 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
6850 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
6851 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
6852 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
6853 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
6854 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
6855 well-defined system service context.
6856
6857 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
6858 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
6859 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
6860 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
6861
6862 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
6863 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
6864 continue to be used.
6865
6866 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
6867 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
6868 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
6869 for example:
6870
6871 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
6872
6873 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
6874 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
6875 the command line's exit code.
6876
6877 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
6878
6879 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
6880
6881 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
6882 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
6883 support to systemctl and all other commands.
6884
6885 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
6886 name as argument.
6887
6888 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
6889 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
6890 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
6891 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
6892 is improved.
6893
6894 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
6895 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
6896 initialize one to all 0xFF.
6897
6898 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
6899 all files and directories listed in
6900 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
6901 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
6902 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
6903 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
6904 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
6905 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
6906 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
6907 the transition to the host OS.
6908
6909 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
6910 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
6911 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
6912 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
6913 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
6914 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
6915 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
6916 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
6917 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
6918 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
6919 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
6920 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
6921 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
6922 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
6923 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
6924 these are opened they don't work.
6925
6926 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
6927 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
6928 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
6929 logic works again.
6930
6931 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
6932 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
6933 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
6934 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
6935 ignore it.
6936
6937 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
6938 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
6939 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
6940 commands.
6941
6942 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
6943 pam_systemd anymore.
6944
6945 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
6946 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
6947 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
6948 policy took effect.
6949
6950 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
6951 python-3.5.
6952
6953 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
6954 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
6955 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
6956 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
6957 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
6958 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
6959 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
6960 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
6961 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
6962 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
6963 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
6964 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
6965 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
6966 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
6967 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
6968 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
6969 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6970 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
6971 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
6972 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
6973 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
6974 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
6975 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
6976 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
6977 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
6978 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
6979 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
6980 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
6981 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
6982 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
6983 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
6984 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
6985 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
6986 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
6987 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
6988 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
6989 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
6990 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
6991 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
6992 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
6993 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
6994 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
6995 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
6996 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
6997 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
6998
6999 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
7000
7001 CHANGES WITH 239:
7002
7003 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
7004 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
7005 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
7006 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
7007 a slot number associated.
7008
7009 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
7010 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
7011 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
7012 independent.
7013
7014 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
7015 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
7016 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
7017
7018 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
7019 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
7020 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
7021 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
7022
7023 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
7024 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
7025 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
7026 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
7027 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
7028 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
7029 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
7030 e.g. NIS.
7031
7032 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
7033 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
7034 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
7035 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
7036 may be necessary to update the file.
7037
7038 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
7039 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
7040 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
7041 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
7042 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
7043 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
7044 documentation.
7045
7046 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
7047 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
7048 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
7049 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
7050 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
7051 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
7052 them.
7053
7054 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
7055 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
7056 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
7057 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
7058 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
7059
7060 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
7061 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
7062 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
7063 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
7064 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
7065 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
7066 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
7067 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
7068
7069 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
7070 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
7071 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
7072 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
7073 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
7074
7075 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
7076 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
7077 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
7078 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
7079 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
7080
7081 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
7082 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
7083 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
7084
7085 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
7086 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
7087 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
7088 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
7089 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
7090 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
7091 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
7092 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
7093 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
7094 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
7095 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
7096 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
7097 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
7098 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
7099 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
7100 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
7101 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
7102 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
7103 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
7104 from.
7105
7106 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
7107 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
7108 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
7109 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
7110
7111 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
7112 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
7113 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
7114 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
7115
7116 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
7117 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
7118 hibernates again.
7119
7120 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
7121 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
7122
7123 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
7124 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
7125 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
7126
7127 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
7128 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
7129 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
7130 was not configurable and set to 512.
7131
7132 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
7133 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
7134 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
7135 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
7136 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
7137 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
7138 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
7139 in particular su and sudo.
7140
7141 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
7142 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
7143 synchronization has been received from the network. This
7144 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
7145 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
7146 services.
7147
7148 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
7149 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
7150 files should work for hibernation now.
7151
7152 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
7153 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
7154 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
7155 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
7156 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
7157 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
7158 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
7159 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
7160 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
7161 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
7162 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
7163 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
7164 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
7165 name following the last dash.
7166
7167 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
7168 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
7169 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
7170 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
7171 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
7172
7173 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
7174 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
7175 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
7176 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
7177 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
7178 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
7179
7180 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
7181 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
7182 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
7183 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
7184
7185 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
7186 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
7187 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
7188 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
7189 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
7190
7191 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
7192 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
7193 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
7194 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
7195 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
7196 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
7197 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
7198 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
7199 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
7200 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
7201 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
7202 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
7203 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
7204
7205 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
7206 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
7207 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
7208 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
7209 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
7210 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
7211 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
7212 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
7213 settings.
7214
7215 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
7216 expiration feature, if it is available.
7217
7218 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
7219 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
7220 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
7221
7222 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
7223 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
7224
7225 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
7226
7227 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
7228 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
7229
7230 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
7231 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
7232 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
7233 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
7234 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
7235 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
7236 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
7237 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
7238 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
7239 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
7240 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
7241
7242 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
7243 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
7244 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
7245 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
7246
7247 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
7248 about its state.
7249
7250 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
7251 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
7252 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
7253 "timedatectl set-ntp".
7254
7255 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
7256 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
7257 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
7258 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
7259 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
7260 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
7261 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
7262 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
7263 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
7264 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
7265 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
7266
7267 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
7268 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
7269
7270 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
7271 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
7272 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
7273 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
7274 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
7275 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
7276
7277 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
7278 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
7279 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
7280 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
7281 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
7282 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
7283 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
7284
7285 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
7286 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
7287 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
7288 shown.)
7289
7290 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
7291 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
7292 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
7293 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
7294 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
7295 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
7296 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
7297 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
7298 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
7299
7300 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
7301 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
7302 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
7303
7304 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
7305 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
7306 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
7307 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
7308 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
7309 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
7310 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
7311 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
7312
7313 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
7314
7315 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
7316 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
7317 automatically when the system clock changed.)
7318
7319 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
7320 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
7321
7322 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
7323 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
7324 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
7325
7326 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
7327
7328 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
7329
7330 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
7331 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
7332
7333 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
7334 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
7335 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
7336 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
7337 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
7338 external user databases.
7339
7340 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
7341 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
7342 refused due to the enforced limits.
7343
7344 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
7345 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
7346 manages.
7347
7348 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
7349 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
7350 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
7351 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
7352 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
7353 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
7354 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
7355 where this is now used by default.
7356
7357 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
7358 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
7359
7360 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
7361 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
7362 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
7363 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
7364 update process in a generic way.
7365
7366 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
7367
7368 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
7369 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
7370 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
7371 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
7372 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
7373 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
7374 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
7375 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
7376 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
7377 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
7378 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
7379 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
7380 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
7381 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
7382 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
7383 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
7384 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
7385 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
7386 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
7387 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
7388 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
7389 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
7390 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
7391 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
7392 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
7393 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
7394 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
7395 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
7396 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7397
7398 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
7399
7400 CHANGES WITH 238:
7401
7402 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
7403 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
7404 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
7405 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
7406 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
7407 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
7408 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
7409 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
7410 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
7411 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
7412 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
7413 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
7414 to revert this change.
7415
7416 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
7417 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
7418 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
7419 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
7420 once at the end of the transaction.
7421
7422 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
7423 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
7424 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
7425 scripts.
7426
7427 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
7428 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
7429 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
7430 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
7431 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
7432 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
7433 still allowing local admin overrides.
7434
7435 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
7436 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
7437 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
7438
7439 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
7440 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
7441 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
7442 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
7443 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
7444
7445 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
7446 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
7447 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
7448 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
7449 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
7450 from package installation scripts.
7451
7452 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
7453 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
7454 without the user number ("u username -:456").
7455
7456 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
7457 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
7458
7459 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
7460 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
7461 /sbin/nologin for other users).
7462
7463 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
7464 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
7465 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
7466 --systemd, --user, or --global).
7467
7468 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
7469 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
7470 which are triggered meanwhile).
7471
7472 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
7473 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
7474 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
7475 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
7476 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
7477
7478 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
7479 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
7480 rotated very quickly.
7481
7482 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
7483 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
7484 pending bus messages.
7485
7486 * systemd gained a new
7487 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
7488 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
7489 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
7490 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
7491 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
7492 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
7493 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
7494 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
7495 session scope.
7496
7497 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
7498 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
7499 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
7500 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
7501 the tree to be accessed.
7502
7503 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
7504 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
7505 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
7506
7507 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
7508 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
7509 to keys in the main keyring.
7510
7511 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
7512
7513 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
7514 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
7515
7516 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
7517
7518 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
7519 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
7520 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
7521 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
7522 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
7523 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
7524 explicitly.
7525
7526 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
7527 the colour of "OK" status messages.
7528
7529 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
7530 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
7531 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
7532 be restarted.
7533
7534 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
7535 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
7536
7537 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
7538 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
7539 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
7540 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
7541 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
7542 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
7543 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
7544 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
7545 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
7546 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
7547 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
7548 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
7549 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
7550 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
7551 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
7552 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
7553
7554 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
7555
7556 CHANGES WITH 237:
7557
7558 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
7559 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
7560 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
7561 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
7562
7563 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
7564 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
7565 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
7566 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
7567 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
7568 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
7569 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
7570 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
7571 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
7572 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
7573
7574 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
7575 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
7576 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
7577 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
7578 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
7579 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
7580 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
7581 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
7582 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
7583 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
7584
7585 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
7586 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
7587 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
7588 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
7589 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
7590 now provides explicit control.
7591
7592 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
7593 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
7594 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
7595 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
7596 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
7597 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
7598 unit types that already supported transient operation.
7599
7600 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
7601 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
7602 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
7603
7604 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
7605 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
7606
7607 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
7608 .network files all gained support for a new condition
7609 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
7610 versions.
7611
7612 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
7613 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
7614 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
7615 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
7616 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
7617 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
7618 understands RapidCommit=.
7619
7620 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
7621 Delegation.
7622
7623 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
7624 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
7625 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
7626 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
7627 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
7628 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
7629 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
7630 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
7631 --watch-bind= command line switch.
7632
7633 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
7634 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
7635 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
7636 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
7637 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
7638 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
7639 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
7640 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
7641 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
7642 "Disconnected" signals).
7643
7644 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
7645 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
7646 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
7647 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
7648 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
7649 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
7650 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
7651 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
7652 round-trips are removed.
7653
7654 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
7655 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
7656 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
7657 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
7658
7659 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
7660 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
7661 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
7662 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
7663 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
7664 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
7665
7666 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
7667 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
7668 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
7669 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
7670 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
7671 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
7672 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
7673 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
7674 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
7675 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
7676
7677 * sd-event gained a new call pair
7678 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
7679 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
7680 when the event source is destroyed.
7681
7682 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
7683 connections.
7684
7685 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
7686 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
7687 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
7688 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
7689 new transitional flag file has been added: if
7690 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
7691 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
7692
7693 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
7694 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
7695 manager.
7696
7697 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
7698 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
7699 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
7700 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
7701 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
7702
7703 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
7704 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
7705 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
7706 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
7707 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
7708 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
7709
7710 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
7711 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
7712 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
7713 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
7714 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
7715 level/target is given as an argument.
7716
7717 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
7718 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
7719 where UID and GID do not match.
7720
7721 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
7722 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
7723 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
7724 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
7725 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
7726 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
7727 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
7728 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
7729 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
7730 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
7731 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
7732 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
7733 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
7734 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
7735 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
7736 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
7737 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
7738 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
7739 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
7740 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
7741 Палаузов
7742
7743 — Brno, 2018-01-28
7744
7745 CHANGES WITH 236:
7746
7747 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
7748 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
7749 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
7750 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
7751
7752 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
7753 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
7754 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
7755 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
7756 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
7757 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
7758 valid specifiers today.)
7759
7760 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
7761 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
7762 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
7763 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
7764 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
7765 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
7766
7767 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
7768 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
7769 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
7770 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
7771
7772 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
7773 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
7774 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
7775 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
7776 services are resolved properly.
7777
7778 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
7779 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
7780 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
7781 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
7782 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
7783 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
7784 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
7785 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
7786 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
7787 and btrfs.
7788
7789 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
7790 DNS server and domain information.
7791
7792 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
7793 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
7794 runtime.
7795
7796 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
7797 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
7798 empty for the first time.
7799
7800 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
7801 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
7802 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
7803 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
7804 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
7805 running in the user session.
7806
7807 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
7808 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
7809 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
7810 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
7811 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
7812 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
7813 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
7814 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
7815 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
7816 user instance).
7817
7818 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
7819 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
7820
7821 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
7822 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
7823 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
7824 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
7825
7826 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
7827 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
7828
7829 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
7830 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
7831 sleep verbs.
7832
7833 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
7834
7835 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
7836 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
7837
7838 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
7839
7840 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
7841 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
7842 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
7843
7844 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
7845 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
7846 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
7847 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
7848 instance.
7849
7850 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
7851 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
7852 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
7853
7854 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
7855 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
7856 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
7857
7858 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
7859
7860 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
7861 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
7862 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
7863 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
7864 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
7865 processes.
7866
7867 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
7868 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
7869 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
7870 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
7871
7872 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
7873 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
7874 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
7875
7876 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
7877 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
7878 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
7879 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
7880 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
7881
7882 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
7883 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
7884
7885 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
7886 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
7887 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
7888 time the specified expression would elapse.
7889
7890 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
7891 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
7892 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
7893 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
7894 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
7895 types, not just services.
7896
7897 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
7898 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
7899 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
7900 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
7901
7902 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
7903 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
7904 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
7905 interface for this purpose.
7906
7907 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
7908 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
7909 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
7910 anyway.
7911
7912 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
7913 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
7914 requirements of systemd.
7915
7916 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
7917 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
7918 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
7919
7920 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
7921 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
7922 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
7923 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
7924
7925 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
7926 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
7927 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
7928 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
7929
7930 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
7931 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
7932
7933 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
7934 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
7935 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
7936 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
7937 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
7938 managing software supports (such as pppd).
7939
7940 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
7941 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
7942 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
7943
7944 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
7945 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
7946 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
7947 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
7948 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
7949 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
7950 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
7951 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
7952 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
7953 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
7954 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
7955 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
7956 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
7957 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
7958 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
7959 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
7960 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
7961 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
7962 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
7963 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
7964 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
7965 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
7966 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
7967
7968 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
7969
7970 CHANGES WITH 235:
7971
7972 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
7973 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
7974 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
7975 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
7976 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
7977 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
7978 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
7979 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
7980 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
7981 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
7982 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
7983 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
7984 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
7985 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
7986 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
7987 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
7988 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
7989 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
7990 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
7991 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
7992 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
7993 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
7994 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
7995 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
7996 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
7997 IPAddressDeny= see below.
7998
7999 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
8000 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
8001 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
8002 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
8003 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
8004 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
8005 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
8006 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
8007
8008 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
8009 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
8010 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
8011 used to change those values.
8012
8013 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
8014 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
8015 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
8016 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
8017 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
8018 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
8019
8020 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
8021 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
8022 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
8023 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
8024
8025 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
8026 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
8027 one top-level directory.
8028
8029 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
8030 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
8031 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
8032 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
8033 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
8034 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
8035 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
8036 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
8037 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
8038 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
8039 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
8040 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
8041 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
8042 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
8043 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
8044
8045 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
8046 Meson-only.
8047
8048 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
8049 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
8050 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
8051 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
8052 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
8053 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
8054 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
8055 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
8056 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
8057 acceptable to us.
8058
8059 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
8060 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
8061 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
8062 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
8063 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
8064 requested at build time.
8065
8066 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
8067 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
8068 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
8069 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
8070 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
8071 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
8072 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
8073 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
8074 Type= setting which permits configuring
8075 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
8076
8077 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
8078 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
8079 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
8080 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
8081 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
8082 local frames between bridge ports.
8083
8084 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
8085 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
8086 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
8087
8088 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
8089 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
8090
8091 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
8092 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
8093 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
8094 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
8095
8096 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
8097 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
8098 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
8099 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
8100 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
8101 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
8102 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
8103 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
8104
8105 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
8106 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
8107 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
8108 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
8109 command.)
8110
8111 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
8112 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
8113 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
8114
8115 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
8116 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
8117 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
8118 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
8119
8120 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
8121 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
8122 configured, except for the credentials applied by
8123 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
8124 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
8125 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
8126 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
8127 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
8128 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
8129 on systems where this is not supported.
8130
8131 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
8132 sockets.
8133
8134 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
8135 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
8136 during runtime.
8137
8138 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
8139 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
8140 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
8141
8142 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
8143 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
8144 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
8145
8146 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
8147 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
8148 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
8149 Following this logic, two new special targets
8150 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
8151 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
8152 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
8153
8154 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
8155 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
8156 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
8157 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
8158
8159 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
8160 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
8161 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
8162 --wait".
8163
8164 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
8165 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
8166 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
8167 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
8168 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
8169 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
8170 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
8171 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
8172 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
8173
8174 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
8175 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
8176 containing information about the consumed resources of this
8177 invocation.
8178
8179 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
8180 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
8181 processes.
8182
8183 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
8184 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
8185 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
8186 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
8187 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
8188 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
8189 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
8190 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
8191 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
8192 systems for all five operations.
8193
8194 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
8195 the system.
8196
8197 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
8198 than UTC or the local timezone.
8199
8200 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
8201 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
8202 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
8203 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
8204 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
8205 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
8206 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
8207 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
8208
8209 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
8210 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
8211 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
8212 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
8213 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
8214 again.
8215
8216 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
8217 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
8218 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
8219
8220 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
8221 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
8222 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
8223 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
8224 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
8225 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
8226 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
8227 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
8228 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
8229 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
8230 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
8231 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
8232 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
8233 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
8234 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
8235 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
8236 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
8237 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
8238 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
8239 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8240
8241 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
8242
8243 CHANGES WITH 234:
8244
8245 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
8246 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
8247 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
8248 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
8249 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
8250 summary:
8251
8252 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
8253
8254 becomes:
8255
8256 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
8257
8258 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
8259 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
8260 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
8261 .device units.
8262
8263 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
8264 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
8265 running a systemd user instance.
8266
8267 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
8268 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
8269 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
8270 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
8271 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
8272 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
8273
8274 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
8275
8276 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
8277 (domain search list).
8278
8279 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
8280 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
8281 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
8282 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
8283 implementation of RA.
8284
8285 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
8286 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
8287 ISO date values.
8288
8289 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
8290 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
8291 devices.
8292
8293 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
8294 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
8295 option.
8296
8297 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
8298 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
8299 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
8300 default yet.
8301
8302 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
8303 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
8304 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
8305 SHA256SUMS files.
8306
8307 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
8308 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
8309
8310 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
8311
8312 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
8313
8314 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
8315 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
8316
8317 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
8318 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
8319 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
8320 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
8321
8322 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
8323 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
8324 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
8325 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
8326 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
8327 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
8328 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
8329 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
8330 systemd-logind to be safe. See
8331 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
8332
8333 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
8334 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
8335 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
8336 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
8337 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
8338 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
8339 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
8340 after all the plugins exit.
8341
8342 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
8343 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
8344 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
8345 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
8346 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
8347 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
8348 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
8349 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
8350
8351 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
8352 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
8353 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
8354 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
8355 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
8356 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
8357 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
8358 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
8359 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
8360 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
8361 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
8362 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
8363 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
8364 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
8365 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
8366 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8367 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
8368 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
8369 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
8370 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
8371 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
8372 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
8373 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
8374 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
8375 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
8376 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
8377 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
8378 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
8379 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
8380 Георгиевски
8381
8382 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
8383
8384 CHANGES WITH 233:
8385
8386 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
8387 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
8388 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
8389 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
8390 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
8391 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
8392 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
8393 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
8394 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
8395
8396 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
8397 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
8398 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
8399 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
8400 default selected on the configure command line
8401 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
8402 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
8403 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
8404 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
8405 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
8406 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
8407 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
8408 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
8409 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
8410 greatest stability and compatibility only.
8411
8412 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
8413 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
8414 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
8415 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
8416 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
8417 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
8418 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
8419 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
8420 further details about this.)
8421
8422 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
8423 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
8424 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
8425
8426 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
8427 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
8428
8429 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
8430 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
8431 with 'make install-tests'.
8432
8433 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
8434 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
8435 kernel.
8436
8437 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
8438 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
8439 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
8440 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
8441 by the Slice= option.
8442
8443 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
8444 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
8445 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
8446 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
8447
8448 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
8449 following choices:
8450
8451 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
8452 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
8453 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
8454 (h)elp
8455 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
8456 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
8457 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
8458 (y)es, execute the command
8459
8460 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
8461 because its meaning was confusing.
8462
8463 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
8464 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
8465
8466 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
8467 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
8468 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
8469
8470 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
8471 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
8472 state directly, without executing these commands.
8473
8474 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
8475 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
8476 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
8477
8478 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
8479 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
8480 combination with After=) have been started.
8481
8482 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
8483 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
8484 setting, and which system calls they contain.
8485
8486 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
8487 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
8488 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
8489 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
8490 configuration related calls.
8491
8492 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
8493 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
8494 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
8495 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
8496 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
8497 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
8498 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
8499
8500 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
8501 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
8502
8503 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
8504 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
8505 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
8506
8507 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
8508 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
8509
8510 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
8511 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
8512 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
8513 for compatibility.
8514
8515 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
8516 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
8517
8518 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
8519 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
8520
8521 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
8522 support for negative matching.
8523
8524 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
8525
8526 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
8527 permitted runtime of the mount command.
8528
8529 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
8530 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
8531 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
8532 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
8533 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
8534 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
8535 removed from the drive.
8536
8537 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
8538 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
8539
8540 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
8541 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
8542
8543 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
8544 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
8545 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
8546
8547 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
8548 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
8549 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
8550 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
8551 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
8552 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
8553 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
8554
8555 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
8556 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
8557 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
8558 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
8559 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
8560 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
8561
8562 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
8563 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
8564
8565 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
8566 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
8567 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
8568 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
8569 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
8570 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
8571 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
8572 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
8573
8574 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
8575 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
8576 including all control processes.
8577
8578 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
8579 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
8580 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
8581
8582 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
8583 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
8584 prefixing the source path with "+".
8585
8586 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
8587 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
8588 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
8589 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
8590 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
8591 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
8592 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
8593 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
8594
8595 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
8596 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
8597 before).
8598
8599 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
8600 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
8601 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
8602 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
8603 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
8604 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
8605 the new --root-hash= command line option).
8606
8607 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
8608 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
8609 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
8610 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
8611 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
8612 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
8613 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
8614 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
8615 versions.
8616
8617 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
8618 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
8619 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
8620 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
8621 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
8622 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
8623 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
8624 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
8625 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
8626 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
8627 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
8628 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
8629 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
8630 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
8631 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
8632 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
8633 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
8634 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
8635 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
8636 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
8637 a Verity-enabled root partition.
8638
8639 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
8640 accelerometer quirks.
8641
8642 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
8643 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
8644 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
8645 ID of each service.
8646
8647 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
8648 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
8649 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
8650 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
8651 view.
8652
8653 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
8654 environment variables:
8655
8656 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
8657
8658 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
8659 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
8660 address.
8661
8662 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
8663 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
8664 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
8665
8666 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
8667 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
8668 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
8669 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
8670 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
8671 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
8672 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
8673 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
8674 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
8675 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
8676 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
8677 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
8678 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
8679
8680 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
8681 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
8682 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
8683
8684 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
8685 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
8686
8687 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
8688 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
8689 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
8690 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
8691 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
8692
8693 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
8694 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
8695 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
8696
8697 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
8698 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
8699
8700 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
8701 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
8702 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
8703 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
8704
8705 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
8706 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
8707 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
8708 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
8709 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
8710 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
8711 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
8712 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
8713 possibly even including full integrity data.
8714
8715 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
8716 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
8717 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
8718 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
8719 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
8720
8721 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
8722 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
8723 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
8724 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
8725 directly with systemd-nspawn.
8726
8727 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
8728 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
8729 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
8730 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
8731
8732 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
8733 of coredumps in reverse order.
8734
8735 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
8736 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
8737 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
8738 additional informational message in its output.
8739
8740 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
8741 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
8742 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
8743
8744 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
8745 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
8746 scripting languages such as Python.
8747
8748 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
8749 namespacing is enabled for them.
8750
8751 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
8752 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
8753 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
8754 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
8755 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
8756 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
8757
8758 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
8759 root key (KSK).
8760
8761 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
8762 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
8763 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
8764
8765 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
8766 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
8767 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
8768 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
8769 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
8770 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
8771 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
8772 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
8773 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
8774 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
8775 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
8776 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
8777 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
8778 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
8779 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
8780 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
8781 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
8782 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
8783 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
8784 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
8785 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
8786 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
8787 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
8788 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
8789 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
8790 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
8791 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
8792 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
8793 Тихонов
8794
8795 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
8796
8797 CHANGES WITH 232:
8798
8799 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
8800 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
8801 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
8802 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
8803 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
8804 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
8805
8806 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
8807 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
8808
8809 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
8810 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
8811 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
8812
8813 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
8814 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
8815 to be remounted read-only for a service.
8816
8817 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
8818 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
8819 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
8820 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
8821
8822 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
8823 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
8824
8825 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
8826 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
8827 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
8828
8829 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
8830 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
8831 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
8832 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
8833 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
8834 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
8835 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
8836 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
8837 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
8838 permanent modifications to the system.
8839
8840 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
8841 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
8842 container or chroot environments.
8843
8844 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
8845 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
8846 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
8847 mapped to nobody.
8848
8849 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
8850 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
8851 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
8852 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
8853
8854 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
8855 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
8856
8857 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
8858 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
8859 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
8860 and the support is provisional.
8861
8862 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
8863 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
8864 unit files in the file system).
8865
8866 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
8867 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
8868 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
8869 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
8870 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
8871 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
8872 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
8873 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
8874 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
8875 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
8876 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
8877 state is fixed automatically.
8878
8879 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
8880 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
8881 option.
8882
8883 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
8884 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
8885 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
8886 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
8887 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
8888 else.
8889
8890 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
8891 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
8892 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
8893 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
8894 bootable on physical systems.
8895
8896 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
8897
8898 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
8899 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
8900 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
8901 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
8902 used.
8903
8904 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
8905 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
8906 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
8907 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
8908
8909 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
8910
8911 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
8912 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
8913 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
8914 of the container).
8915
8916 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
8917 files from the specified location.
8918
8919 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
8920 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
8921 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
8922 be active.
8923
8924 * The hardware database has been extended to support
8925 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
8926 trackball devices.
8927
8928 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
8929 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
8930 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
8931
8932 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
8933 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
8934 specified service binary exited.)
8935
8936 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
8937 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
8938
8939 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
8940 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
8941 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
8942 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
8943 --since= and --until= options.
8944
8945 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
8946 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
8947 are automatically propagated to the container.
8948
8949 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
8950 from a single IP address can be limited with
8951 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
8952 MaxConnections=.
8953
8954 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
8955 configuration.
8956
8957 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
8958 drop-ins.
8959
8960 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
8961 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
8962 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
8963 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
8964 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
8965 [Link] section of .link files.
8966
8967 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
8968 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
8969 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
8970 section of .netdev files.
8971
8972 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
8973 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
8974 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
8975
8976 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
8977 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
8978 .network files.
8979
8980 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
8981 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
8982 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
8983 service runtime cycle.
8984
8985 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
8986 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
8987 has been traditionally doing.
8988
8989 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
8990 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
8991 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
8992 prevent any later plugins from running.
8993
8994 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
8995 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
8996 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
8997 default of SplitMode=uid.
8998
8999 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
9000 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
9001 useful.
9002
9003 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
9004 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
9005 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
9006 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
9007 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
9008 individual namespaces.
9009
9010 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
9011 the output, as well as OS release information.
9012
9013 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
9014
9015 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
9016 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
9017 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
9018 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
9019 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
9020
9021 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
9022 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
9023 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
9024 severed.
9025
9026 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
9027 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
9028 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
9029 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
9030 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
9031 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
9032 information about exit statuses and results.
9033
9034 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
9035 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
9036 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
9037 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
9038 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
9039 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
9040
9041 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
9042
9043 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
9044 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
9045 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
9046 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
9047 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
9048 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
9049 entirely.
9050
9051 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
9052 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
9053 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
9054
9055 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
9056 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
9057 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
9058 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
9059 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
9060 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
9061 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
9062 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
9063 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
9064 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
9065 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
9066 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
9067 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
9068 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
9069 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
9070 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
9071 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
9072
9073 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
9074 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
9075 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
9076 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
9077
9078 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
9079 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
9080 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
9081 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
9082
9083 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
9084 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
9085 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
9086 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
9087 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
9088 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
9089 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
9090 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
9091 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
9092 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
9093 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
9094 fragment entirely.)
9095
9096 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
9097 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
9098 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
9099
9100 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
9101 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
9102 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
9103 FileDescriptorName= setting.
9104
9105 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
9106 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
9107 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
9108 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
9109 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
9110 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
9111
9112 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
9113 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
9114
9115 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
9116 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
9117
9118 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
9119 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
9120 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
9121 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
9122 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
9123
9124 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
9125 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
9126 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
9127 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
9128 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
9129 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
9130 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
9131 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
9132 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
9133 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
9134 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
9135 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
9136 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
9137 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
9138 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
9139 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
9140 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
9141 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
9142 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
9143 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
9144 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
9145 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
9146 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
9147 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
9148 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
9149 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
9150
9151 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
9152
9153 CHANGES WITH 231:
9154
9155 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
9156 with an additional special character as first argument of the
9157 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
9158 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
9159 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
9160 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
9161 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
9162 independently.
9163
9164 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
9165 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
9166
9167 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
9168 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
9169 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
9170 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
9171 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
9172 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
9173 values.
9174
9175 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
9176 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
9177 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
9178 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
9179 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
9180
9181 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
9182 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
9183 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
9184 7:10am every day.
9185
9186 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
9187 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
9188 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
9189 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
9190 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
9191 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
9192 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
9193 available for compatibility.
9194
9195 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
9196 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
9197 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
9198 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
9199 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
9200 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
9201
9202 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
9203 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
9204 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
9205 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
9206 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
9207 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
9208 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
9209 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
9210 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
9211
9212 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
9213 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
9214 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
9215 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
9216 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
9217 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
9218 desired options.
9219
9220 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
9221 cgroup v2.
9222
9223 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
9224 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
9225 limited to subgroups of that group.
9226
9227 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
9228 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
9229 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
9230 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
9231 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
9232 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
9233 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
9234 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
9235
9236 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
9237 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
9238 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
9239 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
9240 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
9241 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
9242 own long-running services.
9243
9244 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
9245 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
9246 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
9247 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
9248
9249 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
9250 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
9251 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
9252 propagates this notification further to the service manager
9253 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
9254 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
9255 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
9256 primitives.
9257
9258 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
9259 "terminate".
9260
9261 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
9262 link-local IPv6 addresses.
9263
9264 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
9265 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
9266 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
9267 --flush-caches".
9268
9269 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
9270 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
9271 is shown.
9272
9273 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
9274 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
9275 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
9276 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
9277 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
9278 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
9279
9280 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
9281 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
9282 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
9283 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
9284 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
9285 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
9286 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
9287 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
9288 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
9289 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
9290 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
9291 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
9292 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
9293 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
9294 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
9295 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
9296 bus API instead.
9297
9298 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
9299 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
9300 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
9301 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
9302
9303 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
9304 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
9305 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
9306 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
9307
9308 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
9309 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
9310 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
9311
9312 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
9313 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
9314
9315 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
9316 interface configuration.
9317
9318 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
9319 specifying the --force switch.
9320
9321 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
9322 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
9323 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
9324
9325 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
9326 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
9327 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
9328 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
9329 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
9330 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
9331 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
9332 to be handled.
9333
9334 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
9335 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
9336
9337 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
9338 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
9339
9340 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
9341 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
9342 of persistent symlinks for that device.
9343
9344 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
9345 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
9346
9347 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
9348 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
9349 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
9350 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
9351 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
9352 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
9353 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
9354 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
9355 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
9356 library.
9357
9358 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
9359 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
9360 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
9361 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
9362 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
9363 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
9364 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
9365 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
9366 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
9367 doc/HACKING for details.
9368
9369 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
9370 distribution's bugtracker.
9371
9372 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
9373 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
9374 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
9375 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
9376 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
9377 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
9378 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
9379 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
9380 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
9381 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
9382 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
9383 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
9384 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
9385 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
9386 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
9387 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
9388 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
9389 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
9390 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9391
9392 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
9393
9394 CHANGES WITH 230:
9395
9396 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
9397 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
9398 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
9399 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
9400 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
9401 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
9402 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
9403 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
9404 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
9405 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
9406 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
9407 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
9408 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
9409 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
9410 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
9411 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
9412 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
9413 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
9414 applications.)
9415
9416 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
9417 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
9418 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
9419
9420 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
9421 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
9422 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
9423 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
9424 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
9425 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
9426 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
9427
9428 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
9429 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
9430 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
9431 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
9432 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
9433 command works for tmux.
9434
9435 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
9436 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
9437 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
9438 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
9439 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
9440 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
9441
9442 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
9443 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
9444
9445 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
9446 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
9447 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
9448
9449 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
9450
9451 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
9452 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
9453 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
9454 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
9455 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
9456
9457 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
9458 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
9459 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
9460 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
9461
9462 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
9463 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
9464 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
9465 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
9466 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
9467 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
9468
9469 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
9470 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
9471 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
9472
9473 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
9474 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
9475 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
9476 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
9477 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
9478 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
9479
9480 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
9481 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
9482 address.
9483
9484 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
9485 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
9486 should be emitted.
9487
9488 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
9489 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
9490 supported.
9491
9492 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
9493 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
9494 logging performance.
9495
9496 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
9497 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
9498 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
9499 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
9500 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
9501 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
9502
9503 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
9504 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
9505 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
9506 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
9507
9508 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
9509 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
9510
9511 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
9512 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
9513 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
9514
9515 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
9516
9517 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
9518 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
9519 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
9520 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
9521
9522 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
9523 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
9524 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
9525 refuse to operate on such files.
9526
9527 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
9528 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
9529 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
9530
9531 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
9532 just hidden container images.
9533
9534 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
9535 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
9536
9537 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
9538 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
9539 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
9540 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
9541 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
9542 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
9543 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
9544 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
9545 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
9546 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
9547 been changed to use this functionality by default.
9548
9549 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
9550 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
9551 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
9552 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
9553 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
9554 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
9555 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
9556 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
9557 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
9558 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
9559 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
9560 terminates.
9561
9562 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
9563 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
9564 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
9565 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
9566
9567 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
9568 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
9569 rate of the socket unit.
9570
9571 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
9572 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
9573 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
9574 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
9575 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
9576
9577 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
9578 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
9579 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
9580 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
9581 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
9582 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
9583 with this.
9584
9585 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
9586 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
9587
9588 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
9589 merged into the kernel in its current form.
9590
9591 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
9592 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
9593 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
9594 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
9595 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
9596
9597 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
9598 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
9599 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
9600
9601 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
9602 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
9603 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
9604 target is now included in early userspace.
9605
9606 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
9607 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
9608 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
9609 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
9610 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
9611 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
9612 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
9613 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
9614 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
9615 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
9616 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
9617 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
9618 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
9619 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
9620 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
9621 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
9622 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
9623 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
9624 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
9625 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
9626 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
9627 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
9628 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
9629 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
9630 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
9631 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9632
9633 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
9634
9635 CHANGES WITH 229:
9636
9637 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
9638 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
9639 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
9640 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
9641 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
9642 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
9643 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
9644 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
9645 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
9646 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
9647 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
9648 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
9649 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
9650
9651 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
9652 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
9653 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
9654 /usr/bin.
9655
9656 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
9657 devices.
9658
9659 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
9660 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
9661 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
9662 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
9663 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
9664 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
9665 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
9666 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
9667 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
9668 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
9669 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
9670 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
9671 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
9672 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
9673 this limit.
9674
9675 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
9676 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
9677 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
9678 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
9679 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
9680 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
9681 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
9682 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
9683
9684 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
9685 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
9686 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
9687 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
9688 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
9689 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
9690 and group at package installation time.
9691
9692 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
9693 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
9694 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
9695 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
9696 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
9697
9698 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
9699 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
9700 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
9701 supports it.
9702
9703 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
9704 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
9705
9706 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
9707 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
9708 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
9709 file is already initialized.
9710
9711 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
9712 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
9713 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
9714 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
9715 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
9716 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
9717 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
9718 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
9719 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
9720
9721 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
9722 working directory for the process started in the container.
9723
9724 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
9725 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
9726 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
9727 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
9728 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
9729
9730 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
9731 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
9732 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
9733
9734 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
9735 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
9736 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
9737 sd_journal_restart_fields().
9738
9739 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
9740 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
9741 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
9742 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
9743 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
9744
9745 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
9746 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
9747 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
9748 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
9749
9750 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
9751 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
9752 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
9753 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
9754 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
9755 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
9756 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
9757 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
9758 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
9759 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
9760 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
9761 by PID 1.
9762
9763 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
9764 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
9765 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
9766 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
9767 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
9768 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
9769 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
9770 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
9771
9772 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
9773
9774 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
9775 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
9776 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
9777
9778 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
9779 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
9780 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
9781 recent kernels.
9782
9783 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
9784 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
9785
9786 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
9787 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
9788 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
9789 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
9790 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
9791 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
9792 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
9793 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
9794 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
9795 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
9796 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
9797 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
9798 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
9799
9800 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
9801 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
9802 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
9803 clusters or larger setups.
9804
9805 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
9806
9807 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
9808 sockets.
9809
9810 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
9811
9812 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
9813 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
9814 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
9815 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
9816 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
9817 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
9818
9819 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
9820 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
9821 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
9822
9823 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
9824 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
9825 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
9826 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
9827
9828 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
9829
9830 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
9831 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
9832 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
9833 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
9834 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
9835 maintain compatibility.
9836
9837 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
9838 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
9839 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
9840 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
9841 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
9842 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
9843 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
9844 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
9845 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
9846 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
9847 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
9848 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
9849 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
9850 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
9851 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
9852 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
9853 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9854 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
9855 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9856
9857 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
9858
9859 CHANGES WITH 228:
9860
9861 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
9862 files are now also available as properties to set when
9863 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
9864 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
9865 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
9866 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
9867 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
9868 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
9869 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
9870
9871 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
9872 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
9873 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
9874
9875 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
9876 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
9877 created transiently.
9878
9879 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
9880 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
9881 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
9882 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
9883 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
9884 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
9885 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
9886 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
9887
9888 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
9889 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
9890 disk and sync the files, before returning.
9891
9892 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
9893 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
9894 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
9895 enabled.
9896
9897 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
9898 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
9899 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
9900 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
9901 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
9902 subvolumes.
9903
9904 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
9905 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
9906
9907 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
9908 individual indexes.
9909
9910 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
9911 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
9912 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
9913 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
9914 now.
9915
9916 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
9917 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
9918 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
9919 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
9920 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
9921 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
9922 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
9923 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
9924 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
9925 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
9926 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
9927 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
9928 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
9929 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
9930 number of processes or tasks each user may own
9931 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
9932 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
9933 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
9934 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
9935 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
9936 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
9937
9938 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
9939 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
9940 links between the host and the container.
9941
9942 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
9943 added that allows importing select environment variables
9944 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
9945 the service.
9946
9947 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
9948 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
9949 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
9950 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
9951 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
9952 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
9953 than until they first elapse.
9954
9955 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
9956 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
9957 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
9958 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
9959 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
9960 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
9961 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
9962 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
9963
9964 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
9965 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
9966 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
9967 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
9968 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
9969 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
9970 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
9971 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
9972 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
9973 journal and in coredump handling.
9974
9975 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
9976 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
9977 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
9978 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
9979 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
9980 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
9981 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
9982 software you package still references it, as this is a
9983 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
9984 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
9985
9986 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
9987
9988 Note that only util-linux versions built with
9989 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
9990
9991 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
9992 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
9993 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
9994
9995 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
9996 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
9997 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
9998 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
9999 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
10000 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
10001 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
10002 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
10003 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
10004 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
10005 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
10006 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
10007 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
10008 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
10009 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
10010 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
10011
10012 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
10013 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
10014 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
10015 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
10016 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
10017 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
10018 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
10019 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
10020 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
10021 surprises.
10022
10023 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
10024 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
10025 to the various user database fields of the user that the
10026 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
10027 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
10028 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
10029 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
10030 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
10031 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
10032 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
10033 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
10034 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
10035 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
10036 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
10037 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
10038 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
10039 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
10040 of PID 1 is the root user).
10041
10042 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
10043 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
10044 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
10045 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
10046 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
10047 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
10048 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
10049 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
10050 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
10051 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
10052 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
10053 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
10054 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
10055 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
10056 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10057
10058 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
10059
10060 CHANGES WITH 227:
10061
10062 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
10063 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
10064 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
10065
10066 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
10067 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
10068 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
10069 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
10070 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
10071 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
10072
10073 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
10074 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
10075 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
10076 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
10077 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
10078
10079 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
10080 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
10081 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
10082 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
10083 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
10084 packets on unestablished sockets.
10085
10086 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
10087 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
10088 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
10089 automatically.
10090
10091 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
10092 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
10093 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
10094
10095 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
10096 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
10097 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
10098 for disk IO.
10099
10100 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
10101 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
10102 removed.
10103
10104 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
10105 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
10106 directory is set to the home directory of the user
10107 configured in User=.
10108
10109 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
10110 directory of the selected user by default.
10111
10112 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
10113 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
10114 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
10115 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
10116 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
10117 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
10118 compat reasons.
10119
10120 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
10121 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
10122 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
10123 units.
10124
10125 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
10126 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
10127 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
10128 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
10129 level.
10130
10131 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
10132 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
10133 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
10134 namespaces work correctly.
10135
10136 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
10137 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
10138 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
10139 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
10140 activation.
10141
10142 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
10143 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
10144 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
10145 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
10146 system instance in a container.
10147
10148 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
10149 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
10150 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
10151 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
10152 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
10153 connections.
10154
10155 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
10156 show the control groups within a certain container only.
10157
10158 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
10159 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
10160 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
10161 processes attached, or similar.
10162
10163 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
10164 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
10165 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
10166
10167 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
10168 specifiers like %i or %f.
10169
10170 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
10171 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
10172 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
10173 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
10174
10175 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
10176 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
10177 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
10178 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
10179 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
10180 descriptors using sd_notify().
10181
10182 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
10183
10184 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
10185 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
10186
10187 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
10188 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
10189
10190 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
10191 .network files.
10192
10193 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
10194 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
10195 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
10196 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
10197 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
10198 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
10199 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
10200 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
10201 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
10202 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
10203 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
10204 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
10205 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
10206 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
10207 gdm-autologin is used.
10208
10209 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
10210 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
10211 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
10212 next to the image file.
10213
10214 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
10215 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
10216 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
10217 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
10218
10219 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
10220 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
10221 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
10222 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
10223 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
10224 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
10225
10226 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
10227 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
10228 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
10229 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
10230 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
10231 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
10232 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
10233 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
10234 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
10235 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
10236 number of files in place.
10237
10238 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
10239 on kernels where that is supported.
10240
10241 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
10242
10243 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
10244 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
10245 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
10246 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
10247 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
10248 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
10249 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
10250 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
10251 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
10252 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
10253 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
10254 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
10255 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
10256 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
10257 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
10258 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
10259 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
10260 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
10261
10262 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
10263
10264 CHANGES WITH 226:
10265
10266 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
10267 new features:
10268
10269 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
10270 information. It may be enabled and configured via
10271 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
10272 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
10273 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
10274 is any) is propagated.
10275
10276 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
10277 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
10278 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
10279 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
10280 information is enabled between host and containers by
10281 default now: the container will change its local timezone
10282 to what the host has set.
10283
10284 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
10285 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
10286
10287 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
10288 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
10289 information back, even if the server loses state.
10290
10291 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
10292 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
10293 PoolSize=.
10294
10295 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
10296 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
10297 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
10298 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
10299
10300 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
10301 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
10302 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
10303 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
10304 'dbus-daemon' systems.
10305
10306 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
10307 for virtio devices.
10308
10309 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
10310 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
10311 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
10312 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
10313 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
10314 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
10315 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
10316 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
10317 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
10318 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
10319 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
10320 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
10321 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
10322 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
10323 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
10324 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
10325 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
10326 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
10327 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
10328 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
10329 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
10330 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
10331 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
10332 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
10333 grants them.
10334
10335 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
10336 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
10337 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
10338 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
10339 group tree.
10340
10341 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
10342 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
10343 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
10344 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
10345 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
10346 work correctly in containers now.
10347
10348 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
10349 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
10350
10351 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
10352 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
10353 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
10354 function call is particularly useful when implementing
10355 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
10356
10357 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
10358 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
10359 signal events.
10360
10361 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
10362 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
10363 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
10364 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
10365
10366 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
10367 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
10368 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
10369 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
10370 nspawn command line.
10371
10372 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
10373 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
10374 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
10375 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
10376 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
10377 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
10378 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
10379 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
10380
10381 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
10382
10383 CHANGES WITH 225:
10384
10385 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
10386 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
10387 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
10388 shell directly without prompting for username or
10389 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
10390 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
10391 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
10392 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
10393 the originating session.
10394
10395 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
10396 options and allows other programs to query the values.
10397
10398 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
10399 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
10400 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
10401 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
10402 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
10403 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
10404 probably not stabilize on this release.
10405
10406 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
10407 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
10408 messages.
10409
10410 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
10411 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
10412 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
10413
10414 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
10415 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
10416
10417 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
10418 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
10419 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
10420 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
10421 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
10422 posteriori.
10423
10424 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
10425 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
10426
10427 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
10428 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
10429 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
10430 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
10431 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
10432 "lastlog" tools.
10433
10434 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
10435 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
10436 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
10437 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
10438 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
10439
10440 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
10441 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
10442 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
10443 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
10444 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
10445 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
10446 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
10447 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
10448 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
10449 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
10450 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
10451 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10452
10453 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
10454
10455 CHANGES WITH 224:
10456
10457 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
10458 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
10459
10460 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
10461 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
10462 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
10463
10464 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
10465 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10466 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
10467
10468 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
10469
10470 CHANGES WITH 223:
10471
10472 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
10473 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
10474 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
10475 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
10476
10477 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
10478 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
10479
10480 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
10481 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
10482
10483 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
10484
10485 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
10486 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
10487 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
10488
10489 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
10490 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
10491 decapsulated packet.
10492
10493 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
10494 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
10495 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
10496 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
10497 netlink attribute.
10498
10499 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
10500 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
10501 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
10502 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
10503
10504 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
10505 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
10506 according to RFC2460.
10507
10508 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
10509 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
10510
10511 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
10512 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
10513 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
10514
10515 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
10516 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
10517 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
10518 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
10519 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
10520 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
10521
10522 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
10523 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
10524 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
10525 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
10526 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
10527 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
10528 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
10529 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
10530 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
10531 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10532
10533 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
10534
10535 CHANGES WITH 222:
10536
10537 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
10538 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
10539 or should be used to work around such bugs.
10540
10541 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
10542 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
10543
10544 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
10545 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
10546 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
10547 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
10548 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
10549
10550 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
10551 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
10552 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
10553
10554 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
10555 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
10556 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
10557 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
10558 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
10559
10560 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
10561
10562 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
10563 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
10564 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
10565 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
10566 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
10567 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10568 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
10569 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
10570 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
10571 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10572
10573 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
10574
10575 CHANGES WITH 221:
10576
10577 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
10578 stable and have been added to the official interface of
10579 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
10580 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
10581 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
10582 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
10583 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
10584 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
10585 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
10586 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
10587 portable to other kernels.
10588
10589 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
10590 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
10591 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
10592 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
10593 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
10594 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
10595 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
10596 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
10597 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
10598 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
10599 systemd enabled.
10600
10601 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
10602 2.26.
10603
10604 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
10605 favor of calling an abstraction tool
10606 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
10607 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
10608 in README for details.
10609
10610 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
10611 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
10612 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
10613 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
10614 unit.
10615
10616 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
10617 into man pages.
10618
10619 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
10620 external project.
10621
10622 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
10623 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
10624
10625 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
10626 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
10627 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
10628 state.
10629
10630 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
10631 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
10632 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
10633
10634 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
10635 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
10636 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
10637 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
10638 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
10639 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
10640 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
10641 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
10642 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
10643 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
10644 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
10645 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
10646 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
10647 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
10648 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
10649 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10650
10651 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
10652
10653 CHANGES WITH 220:
10654
10655 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
10656 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
10657 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
10658 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
10659 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
10660 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
10661 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
10662 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
10663
10664 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
10665 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
10666 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
10667 service consumed). This value is only available if
10668 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
10669 in the "systemctl status" output.
10670
10671 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
10672 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
10673 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
10674 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
10675 previously was already the default behaviour).
10676
10677 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
10678 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
10679 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
10680
10681 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
10682 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
10683 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
10684 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
10685
10686 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
10687 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
10688 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
10689 journaling file systems that support external journal
10690 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
10691 systems to be mounted.
10692
10693 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
10694 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
10695 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
10696 stable release this should not be problematic.
10697
10698 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
10699 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
10700 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
10701 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
10702 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
10703
10704 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
10705 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
10706 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
10707 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
10708 network switches.
10709
10710 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
10711 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
10712
10713 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
10714 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
10715 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
10716
10717 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
10718
10719 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
10720 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
10721 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
10722 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
10723 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
10724 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
10725 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
10726 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
10727 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
10728 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
10729 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
10730 been fixed in v220.
10731
10732 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
10733 systemd-networkd.
10734
10735 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
10736 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
10737 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
10738 containers started from the command line.
10739
10740 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
10741 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
10742
10743 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
10744 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
10745 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
10746 indirection via a pseudo tty.
10747
10748 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
10749 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
10750 when shutting down.
10751
10752 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
10753 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
10754 overlayfs support.
10755
10756 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
10757 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
10758 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
10759 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
10760 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
10761 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
10762 images are imported via systemd-importd.
10763
10764 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
10765 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
10766 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
10767
10768 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
10769 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
10770 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
10771 of v1 as before).
10772
10773 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
10774 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
10775
10776 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
10777 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
10778 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
10779 without further privileges or authorization.
10780
10781 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
10782 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
10783 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
10784 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
10785 accessible via a bus interface.
10786
10787 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
10788 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
10789 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
10790 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
10791 to cover this functionality.
10792
10793 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
10794 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
10795 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
10796 disabled/masked also stopped.
10797
10798 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
10799 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
10800 updated to support systemd-boot.
10801
10802 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
10803 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
10804 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
10805 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
10806 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
10807 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
10808 like this and can extract OS release information from them
10809 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
10810 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
10811
10812 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
10813 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
10814 system.
10815
10816 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
10817 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
10818 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
10819 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
10820
10821 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
10822 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
10823 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
10824 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
10825
10826 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
10827 stick devices has been added.
10828
10829 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
10830 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
10831
10832 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
10833 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
10834 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
10835 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
10836 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
10837
10838 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
10839 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
10840 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
10841
10842 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
10843 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
10844 Debian.
10845
10846 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
10847 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
10848 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
10849
10850 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
10851 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
10852 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
10853 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
10854 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
10855 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
10856 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
10857 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
10858 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
10859 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
10860 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
10861 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
10862 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
10863 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
10864 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
10865 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
10866 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
10867 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10868 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
10869 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
10870 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
10871 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
10872 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
10873 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
10874 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
10875 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
10876 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10877
10878 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
10879
10880 CHANGES WITH 219:
10881
10882 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
10883 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
10884 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
10885 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
10886 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
10887 interface with and update the database.
10888
10889 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
10890 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
10891 before bytewise copying is done.
10892
10893 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
10894 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
10895 directory, and immediately removed when the container
10896 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
10897 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
10898 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
10899 for starting a container off the root file system of the
10900 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
10901 available on btrfs file systems.
10902
10903 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
10904 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
10905 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
10906 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
10907 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
10908 systems.
10909
10910 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
10911 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
10912 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
10913 mount point remains.
10914
10915 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
10916 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
10917 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
10918 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
10919 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
10920 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
10921 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
10922 are disabled.
10923
10924 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
10925 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
10926 container to the host or vice versa.
10927
10928 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
10929 mount host directories into local containers. This is
10930 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
10931
10932 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
10933 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
10934
10935 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
10936 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
10937 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
10938 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
10939 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
10940 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
10941 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
10942 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
10943 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
10944 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
10945 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
10946 make the functionality of importd available to the
10947 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
10948 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
10949 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
10950 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
10951 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
10952 only fully supported on btrfs.
10953
10954 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
10955 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
10956 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
10957 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
10958 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
10959 information about images.
10960
10961 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
10962 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
10963 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
10964 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
10965 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
10966 legacy file systems).
10967
10968 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
10969 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
10970 shown in networkctl output.
10971
10972 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
10973 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
10974 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
10975 processes as system services while interactively
10976 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
10977 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
10978 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
10979 full login session, the difference being that the former
10980 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
10981 setup.
10982
10983 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
10984 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
10985 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
10986 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
10987 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
10988
10989 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
10990 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
10991 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
10992 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
10993 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
10994 via qemu/kvm.
10995
10996 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
10997 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
10998 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
10999 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
11000 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
11001 disk images, too.
11002
11003 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
11004 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
11005 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
11006 integrate with that.
11007
11008 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
11009 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
11010 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
11011 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
11012
11013 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
11014 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
11015 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
11016
11017 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
11018 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
11019 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
11020 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
11021 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
11022 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
11023 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
11024 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
11025 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
11026 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
11027
11028 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
11029 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
11030 files.
11031
11032 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
11033 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
11034 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
11035 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
11036 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
11037 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
11038 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
11039 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
11040 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
11041 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
11042 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
11043 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
11044 explicitly turned on.
11045
11046 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
11047 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
11048 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
11049 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
11050
11051 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
11052 supported.
11053
11054 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
11055 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
11056 user/session following the status output. Similar,
11057 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
11058 associated with a virtual machine or container
11059 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
11060 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
11061 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
11062 output however.)
11063
11064 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
11065 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
11066 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
11067 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
11068 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
11069 caller's session/user.
11070
11071 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
11072 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
11073 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
11074 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
11075 user services.
11076
11077 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
11078 same way as unit files.
11079
11080 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
11081 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
11082 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
11083 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
11084 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
11085 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
11086 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
11087 the host.
11088
11089 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
11090 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
11091 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
11092 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
11093 the host as if their services were running directly on the
11094 host.
11095
11096 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
11097 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
11098 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
11099 updated to make use of it too by default.
11100
11101 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
11102 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
11103 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
11104 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
11105
11106 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
11107 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
11108 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
11109 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
11110 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
11111 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
11112 modification.
11113
11114 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
11115 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
11116 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
11117 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
11118 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
11119 information about Touchpad types.
11120
11121 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
11122 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
11123
11124 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
11125 Policy link field.
11126
11127 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
11128 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
11129
11130 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
11131 ACLs on files.
11132
11133 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
11134 tmpfs, automatically.
11135
11136 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
11137 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
11138 status" output, if available.
11139
11140 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
11141 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
11142 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
11143 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
11144 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
11145 run on next reboot.
11146
11147 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
11148 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
11149 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
11150 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
11151 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
11152 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
11153 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
11154
11155 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
11156 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
11157 after a configurable timeout.
11158
11159 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
11160 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
11161 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
11162 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
11163 it non-idle.
11164
11165 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
11166 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
11167
11168 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
11169 each .network interface in networkd.
11170
11171 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
11172 in .network files.
11173
11174 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
11175 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
11176
11177 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
11178 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
11179 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
11180 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
11181 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
11182 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
11183 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
11184 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
11185 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
11186 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
11187 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
11188 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11189 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
11190 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
11191 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
11192 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
11193 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
11194 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
11195 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
11196 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
11197 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
11198 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
11199 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
11200 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11201
11202 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
11203
11204 CHANGES WITH 218:
11205
11206 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
11207 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
11208 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
11209 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
11210
11211 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
11212 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
11213 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
11214 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
11215 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
11216
11217 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
11218
11219 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
11220 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
11221 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
11222 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
11223 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
11224 modified configuration after editing.
11225
11226 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
11227 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
11228 system preset files.
11229
11230 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
11231 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
11232 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
11233 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
11234 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
11235 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
11236 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
11237 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
11238 other contexts.
11239
11240 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
11241 inhibitors.
11242
11243 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
11244 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
11245 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
11246 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
11247 managers.
11248
11249 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
11250 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
11251 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
11252 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
11253 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
11254 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
11255 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
11256 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
11257 parallel to journald.
11258
11259 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
11260 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
11261 available.
11262
11263 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
11264 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
11265 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
11266 or are not older than the specified time.
11267
11268 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
11269 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
11270 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
11271 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
11272
11273 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
11274 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
11275 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
11276 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
11277 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
11278 communication.
11279
11280 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
11281 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
11282 services.
11283
11284 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
11285 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
11286 including their signature and values. This is particularly
11287 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
11288 the new "busctl tree" command.
11289
11290 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
11291 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
11292 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
11293 friendly way.
11294
11295 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
11296 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
11297 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
11298 race-ful way.
11299
11300 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
11301 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
11302 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
11303 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
11304 --link-journal=try-guest.
11305
11306 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
11307 stable MAC addresses.
11308
11309 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
11310 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
11311 the respective unit shall use.
11312
11313 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
11314 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
11315 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
11316 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
11317
11318 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
11319 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
11320 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
11321 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
11322 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
11323 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
11324
11325 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
11326 details see:
11327
11328 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
11329
11330 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
11331 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
11332 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
11333 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
11334 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
11335 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
11336 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
11337 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
11338 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
11339 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
11340 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
11341 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
11342
11343 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
11344 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
11345 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
11346 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
11347 bluetooth, …) is used.
11348
11349 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
11350 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
11351 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
11352 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
11353 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
11354 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
11355 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
11356 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
11357
11358 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
11359 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
11360 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
11361 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
11362 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
11363 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
11364 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
11365 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
11366 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
11367 interface.
11368
11369 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
11370 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
11371 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
11372 luks.name= argument.
11373
11374 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
11375 (this was previously already available for scope and service
11376 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
11377 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
11378 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
11379 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
11380
11381 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
11382 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
11383 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
11384
11385 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
11386 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
11387 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
11388 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
11389 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
11390 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
11391 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
11392 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
11393 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
11394 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
11395 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
11396 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
11397 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
11398 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
11399 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
11400 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
11401 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
11402 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11403
11404 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
11405
11406 CHANGES WITH 217:
11407
11408 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
11409 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
11410 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
11411 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
11412
11413 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
11414 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
11415 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
11416 now waits until the operation is complete.
11417
11418 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
11419 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
11420 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
11421 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
11422 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
11423 connection.
11424
11425 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
11426 commands anymore.
11427
11428 * User units are now loaded also from
11429 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
11430 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
11431 supported, but is under the control of the user.
11432
11433 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
11434 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
11435 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
11436 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
11437 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
11438 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
11439 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
11440 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
11441 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
11442 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
11443 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
11444 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
11445 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
11446 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
11447 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
11448 question.
11449
11450 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
11451 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
11452 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
11453
11454 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
11455 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
11456 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
11457 command line to trigger resume.
11458
11459 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
11460 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
11461 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
11462 Desktop=systemd-console.
11463
11464 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
11465 systemd-networkd.
11466
11467 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
11468 from the information provided by the networking stack
11469 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
11470
11471 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
11472 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
11473
11474 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
11475 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
11476 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
11477
11478 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
11479
11480 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
11481 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
11482 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
11483 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
11484 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
11485 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
11486
11487 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
11488 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
11489 respected.
11490
11491 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
11492 virtualization.
11493
11494 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
11495 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
11496 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
11497 on.
11498
11499 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
11500
11501 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
11502
11503 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
11504 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
11505 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
11506 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
11507 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
11508 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
11509 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
11510
11511 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
11512 available for service units, that allows locking all service
11513 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
11514 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
11515 from the service's view entirely.
11516
11517 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
11518 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
11519
11520 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
11521 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
11522 session.
11523
11524 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
11525 legacy-free systems.
11526
11527 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
11528 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
11529 easily.
11530
11531 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
11532 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
11533 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
11534 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
11535 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
11536 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
11537 option.
11538
11539 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
11540 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
11541 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
11542 /usr.
11543
11544 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
11545 services, not only the main process.
11546
11547 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
11548 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
11549 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
11550 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
11551 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
11552
11553 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
11554 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
11555 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
11556 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
11557 directly from now on, again.
11558
11559 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
11560 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
11561 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
11562 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
11563 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
11564 enabling and disabling.
11565
11566 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
11567 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
11568 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
11569 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
11570 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
11571 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
11572 unnecessary or unlikely.
11573
11574 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
11575 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
11576 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
11577 "annually", "hourly", …).
11578
11579 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
11580 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
11581 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
11582 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
11583 overwritten at runtime.
11584
11585 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
11586 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
11587 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
11588 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
11589 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
11590 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
11591 segmentation fault.
11592
11593 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
11594 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
11595 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
11596 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
11597 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
11598 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
11599 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
11600 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
11601 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
11602 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
11603 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
11604 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
11605 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
11606 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
11607 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
11608 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
11609 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
11610 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
11611 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
11612 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
11613 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
11614 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11615
11616 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
11617
11618 CHANGES WITH 216:
11619
11620 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
11621 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
11622 implementations should add a
11623
11624 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
11625
11626 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
11627 default functionality.
11628
11629 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
11630 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
11631 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
11632 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
11633 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
11634 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
11635 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
11636 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
11637 files might need to be owned by them. A new
11638 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
11639 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
11640 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
11641 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
11642
11643 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
11644 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
11645 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
11646 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
11647 added eventually, too.
11648
11649 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
11650 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
11651 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
11652 new command to update these fields.
11653
11654 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
11655 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
11656 have been discovered via DHCP.
11657
11658 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
11659 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
11660 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
11661 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
11662 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
11663 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
11664 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
11665 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
11666 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
11667 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
11668 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
11669 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
11670 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
11671 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
11672 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
11673 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
11674 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
11675 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
11676 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
11677 implementation to systemd-resolved.
11678
11679 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
11680 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
11681 containers to their respective IP addresses.
11682
11683 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
11684 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
11685 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
11686 and present it to the user in a very friendly
11687 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
11688 control utility for networkd.
11689
11690 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
11691 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
11692 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
11693 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
11694 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
11695 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
11696 (NoDelay=).
11697
11698 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
11699 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
11700
11701 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
11702 be started only after time-sync.target has been
11703 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
11704 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
11705 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
11706 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
11707
11708 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
11709 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
11710 of the link.
11711
11712 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
11713 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
11714
11715 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
11716 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
11717
11718 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
11719 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
11720 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
11721 for DHCP.
11722
11723 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
11724 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
11725 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
11726 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
11727 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
11728 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
11729 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
11730 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
11731
11732 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
11733 validation of unit files.
11734
11735 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
11736 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
11737 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
11738 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
11739 address may now be configured.
11740
11741 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
11742 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
11743 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
11744 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
11745
11746 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
11747 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
11748
11749 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
11750 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
11751 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
11752 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
11753
11754 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
11755 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
11756 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
11757 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
11758 implementation.
11759
11760 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
11761 journal data to a remote system running
11762 systemd-journal-remote.
11763
11764 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
11765 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
11766 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
11767 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
11768 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
11769 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
11770 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
11771 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
11772 version, you have to turn this option on again
11773 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
11774
11775 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
11776 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
11777 better than XZ which was the previous default.
11778
11779 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
11780 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
11781
11782 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
11783 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
11784
11785 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
11786 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
11787 "systemctl status" output for a service.
11788
11789 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
11790 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
11791 hostname, root password) interactively on first
11792 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
11793 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
11794
11795 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
11796
11797 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
11798
11799 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
11800 when primary addresses are removed.
11801
11802 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
11803 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
11804 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
11805 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
11806 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
11807 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
11808 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11809 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
11810 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
11811 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
11812 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
11813 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
11814 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
11815 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
11816 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11817
11818 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
11819
11820 CHANGES WITH 215:
11821
11822 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
11823 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
11824 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
11825 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
11826 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
11827 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
11828 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
11829 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
11830 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
11831 require.
11832
11833 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
11834 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
11835
11836 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
11837 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
11838 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
11839 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
11840 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
11841 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
11842 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
11843
11844 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
11845 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
11846 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
11847 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
11848 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
11849 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
11850 update or reset should use this condition and order
11851 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
11852 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
11853 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
11854 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
11855 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
11856 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
11857 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
11858 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
11859 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
11860
11861 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
11862
11863 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
11864 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
11865 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
11866 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
11867
11868 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
11869 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
11870 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
11871 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
11872 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
11873 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
11874 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
11875 .network files using settings of this section should be
11876 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
11877 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
11878
11879 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
11880 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
11881
11882 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
11883 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
11884 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
11885 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
11886 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
11887 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
11888 of nspawn instances.
11889
11890 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
11891 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
11892 added.
11893
11894 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
11895 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
11896 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
11897 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
11898 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
11899 configuration stored in /etc.
11900
11901 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
11902 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
11903 parsing of unknown mount options.
11904
11905 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
11906 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
11907 it already exist and not already be the correct
11908 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
11909 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
11910 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
11911 pre-existing files of different types.
11912
11913 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
11914 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
11915 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
11916 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
11917 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
11918 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
11919 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
11920
11921 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
11922 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
11923 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
11924 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
11925 shall be executed.
11926
11927 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
11928 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
11929 example whether it is fully up and running.
11930
11931 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
11932 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
11933 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
11934 reset.
11935
11936 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
11937 most basic services systemd ships by default.
11938
11939 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
11940 field for defining the default instance to create if a
11941 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
11942
11943 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
11944 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
11945 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
11946
11947 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
11948 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
11949 access to this group.
11950
11951 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
11952 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
11953 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
11954 to the journal.
11955
11956 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
11957 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
11958 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
11959 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
11960 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
11961 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
11962
11963 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
11964 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
11965 that makes sure to only show information about the most
11966 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
11967 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
11968 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
11969 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
11970 the old name to the new name.
11971
11972 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
11973 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
11974 coredumpctl without restrictions.
11975
11976 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
11977 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
11978 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
11979 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
11980 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
11981 "systemd-debug-generator".
11982
11983 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
11984 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
11985 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
11986 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
11987 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
11988 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
11989 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
11990 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
11991 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
11992 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
11993 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
11994
11995 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
11996 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
11997 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
11998 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
11999 been added to query many of these paths for the local
12000 machine and user.
12001
12002 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
12003 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
12004 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
12005 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
12006 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
12007
12008 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
12009 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
12010 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
12011 couple of drop-in directories.
12012
12013 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
12014 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
12015 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
12016 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
12017 for dev_port.
12018
12019 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
12020 container (read from /etc/os-release and
12021 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
12022 "machinectl status" for a machine.
12023
12024 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
12025 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
12026 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
12027 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
12028 Restart= setting.
12029
12030 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
12031 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
12032 directly connect to a specific container on the
12033 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
12034 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
12035 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
12036 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
12037 containers is a privileged operation.
12038
12039 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
12040 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
12041 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
12042 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
12043 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12044 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
12045 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
12046 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
12047 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
12048 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
12049 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
12050 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12051
12052 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
12053
12054 CHANGES WITH 214:
12055
12056 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
12057 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
12058 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
12059 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
12060 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
12061 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
12062 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
12063 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
12064 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
12065 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
12066 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
12067 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
12068 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
12069 devices are excluded from this logic.
12070
12071 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
12072 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
12073 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
12074 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
12075 change has been released.
12076
12077 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
12078 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
12079 libattr is thus unnecessary.
12080
12081 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
12082 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
12083 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
12084 with fewer privileges.
12085
12086 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
12087 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
12088 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
12089 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
12090
12091 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
12092 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
12093
12094 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
12095 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
12096
12097 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
12098 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
12099 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
12100
12101 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
12102 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
12103 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
12104 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
12105 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
12106 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
12107
12108 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
12109 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
12110 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
12111
12112 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
12113 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
12114 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
12115 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
12116 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
12117 modifications of user data or system files from
12118 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
12119 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
12120
12121 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
12122 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
12123 and FIFOs in the file system.
12124
12125 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
12126 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
12127 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
12128
12129 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
12130 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
12131 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
12132 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
12133 the socket itself.
12134
12135 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
12136 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
12137 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
12138 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
12139 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
12140 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
12141 symlinks, and nothing else.
12142
12143 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
12144 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
12145 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
12146 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
12147 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
12148 process (for example, the parent process). The
12149 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
12150 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
12151 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
12152 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
12153 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
12154 messages to services when the originating process already
12155 vanished.
12156
12157 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
12158 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
12159 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
12160 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
12161 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
12162 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
12163 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
12164 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
12165 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
12166 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
12167 all long-running services.
12168
12169 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
12170 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
12171 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
12172 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
12173 service.
12174
12175 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
12176 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
12177 applied to all submounts, too.
12178
12179 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
12180
12181 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
12182 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
12183 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
12184 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
12185 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
12186 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
12187 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
12188
12189 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
12190 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
12191 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
12192 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
12193 (domU) domains.
12194
12195 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
12196 files or entire directories.
12197
12198 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
12199 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
12200 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
12201 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
12202 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
12203
12204 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
12205 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
12206 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
12207 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
12208 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
12209 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
12210 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
12211 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
12212 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
12213 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
12214 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
12215 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
12216
12217 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
12218 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
12219 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
12220 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
12221
12222 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
12223 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
12224 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
12225 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
12226 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
12227 non-directories.
12228
12229 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
12230 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
12231 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
12232
12233 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
12234 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
12235 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
12236 this group.
12237
12238 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
12239 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
12240 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
12241 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
12242 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
12243 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
12244 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12245
12246 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
12247
12248 CHANGES WITH 213:
12249
12250 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
12251 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
12252 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
12253 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
12254 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
12255 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
12256 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
12257 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
12258 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
12259 client should be more than appropriate for most
12260 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
12261 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
12262 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
12263 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
12264 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
12265 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
12266 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
12267 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
12268 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
12269 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
12270 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
12271
12272 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
12273 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
12274 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
12275 part of a different namespace.
12276
12277 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
12278 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
12279 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
12280 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
12281
12282 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
12283 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
12284 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
12285
12286 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
12287 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
12288 when a service fails. This works similarly to
12289 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
12290 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
12291 restart the service in question.
12292
12293 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
12294 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
12295 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
12296 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
12297 details when running non-locally.
12298
12299 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
12300 graphs it generates.
12301
12302 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
12303 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
12304 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
12305 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
12306 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
12307
12308 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
12309
12310 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
12311 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
12312 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
12313 what it was on SysV systems.
12314
12315 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
12316 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
12317
12318 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
12319 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
12320 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
12321
12322 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
12323 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
12324 to show these addresses in its output.
12325
12326 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
12327 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
12328 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
12329 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
12330 preferred over a text one.
12331
12332 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
12333 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
12334 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
12335 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
12336 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
12337 mDNS cache.
12338
12339 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
12340 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
12341 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
12342 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
12343 of network configuration performed in some other way.
12344
12345 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
12346 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
12347 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
12348 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
12349 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
12350
12351 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
12352 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
12353 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
12354 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
12355 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
12356 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
12357 overrides any other settings.
12358
12359 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
12360 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
12361 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
12362 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
12363 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
12364 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
12365 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
12366 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
12367 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
12368 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
12369 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
12370 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
12371 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
12372 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
12373 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
12374 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
12375 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12376
12377 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
12378
12379 CHANGES WITH 212:
12380
12381 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
12382 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
12383 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
12384 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
12385 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
12386 by accident.
12387
12388 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
12389 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
12390 registered with machined.
12391
12392 * sd-login gained new calls
12393 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
12394 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
12395 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
12396 counterparts.
12397
12398 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
12399 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
12400 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
12401 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
12402 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
12403 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
12404 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
12405 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
12406 once.
12407
12408 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
12409 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
12410 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
12411
12412 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
12413 units on all local containers, when used with the
12414 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
12415 executed when no parameters are specified).
12416
12417 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
12418 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
12419 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
12420 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
12421
12422 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
12423 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
12424 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
12425 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
12426 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
12427 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
12428
12429 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
12430 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
12431 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
12432 of the container.
12433
12434 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
12435 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
12436 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
12437 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
12438 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
12439 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
12440 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
12441 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
12442
12443 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
12444 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
12445 instead of /.
12446
12447 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
12448 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
12449 emergency messages now.
12450
12451 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
12452 journal log messages across the network.
12453
12454 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
12455 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
12456 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
12457 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
12458 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
12459 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
12460 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
12461
12462 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
12463 down a local OS container.
12464
12465 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
12466 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
12467 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
12468
12469 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
12470 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
12471 this is appropriate.
12472
12473 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
12474 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
12475 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
12476
12477 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
12478 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
12479 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
12480 for debugging purposes.
12481
12482 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
12483 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
12484 in seconds.
12485
12486 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
12487 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
12488 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
12489 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
12490 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
12491 like on traditional inetd.
12492
12493 * A new system.conf configuration option
12494 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
12495 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
12496
12497 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
12498 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
12499 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
12500 do these days).
12501
12502 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
12503 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
12504 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
12505 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
12506 could not take place because the system was powered off.
12507 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
12508
12509 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
12510 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
12511 it will be triggered.
12512
12513 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
12514 addresses to its local interfaces.
12515
12516 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
12517 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
12518 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
12519 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
12520 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
12521 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
12522 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
12523 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
12524 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12525
12526 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
12527
12528 CHANGES WITH 211:
12529
12530 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
12531 added to restrict which socket address families unit
12532 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
12533 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
12534 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
12535 is built on seccomp system call filters.
12536
12537 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
12538 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
12539 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
12540 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
12541 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
12542 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
12543 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
12544 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
12545 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
12546
12547 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
12548 matching against device group names.
12549
12550 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
12551 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
12552 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
12553 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
12554 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
12555 though.
12556
12557 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
12558 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
12559 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
12560 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
12561 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
12562 (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/)
12563 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
12564 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
12565 systems prepared appropriately.
12566
12567 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
12568 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
12569 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
12570 (see above). This means that installations made with
12571 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
12572 deployed using container managers, completely
12573 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
12574 this feature soon, too.)
12575
12576 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
12577 set up a private macvlan interface for the
12578 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
12579 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
12580
12581 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
12582 using IPv4LL.
12583
12584 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
12585 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
12586 systemd-networkd.
12587
12588 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
12589 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
12590 still not a public API though (unless you specify
12591 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
12592 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
12593
12594 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
12595 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
12596 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
12597 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
12598 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
12599 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
12600 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
12601 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
12602 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
12603 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
12604 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
12605 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
12606 users.
12607
12608 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
12609 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
12610 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
12611 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
12612 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
12613 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
12614 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
12615 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
12616 due to a closed lid.
12617
12618 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
12619 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
12620 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
12621 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
12622 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
12623 order to then act as suspend blocker.
12624
12625 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
12626 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
12627 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
12628 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
12629 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
12630
12631 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
12632 now also work in --scope mode.
12633
12634 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
12635 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
12636 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
12637 promises are made.)
12638
12639 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
12640 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
12641 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
12642 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
12643 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
12644 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
12645 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
12646 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
12647 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
12648 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12649
12650 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
12651
12652 CHANGES WITH 210:
12653
12654 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
12655 according to SMACK rules.
12656
12657 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
12658 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
12659
12660 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
12661 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
12662 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
12663
12664 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
12665 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
12666 and machine ID.
12667
12668 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
12669 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
12670 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
12671 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
12672 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
12673 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
12674 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
12675 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
12676 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
12677 backpack or similar.
12678
12679 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
12680 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
12681 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
12682 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
12683 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
12684 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
12685 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
12686 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
12687 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
12688 this on its own.
12689
12690 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
12691 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
12692 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
12693 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
12694
12695 * We will now ship a default .network file for
12696 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
12697 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
12698 --network-bridge= switches.
12699
12700 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
12701 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
12702 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
12703 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
12704 metrics, according to what is customary according to
12705 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
12706 each configuration option.
12707
12708 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
12709 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
12710 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
12711 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
12712 at once.
12713
12714 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
12715 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
12716 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
12717 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
12718 triggered by other work being done in the program.
12719
12720 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
12721 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
12722 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
12723 default however.
12724
12725 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
12726 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
12727 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
12728 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
12729 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
12730 them with systemd-networkd.
12731
12732 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
12733 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
12734 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
12735 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
12736 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
12737 is drastically increased, but given that these are
12738 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
12739 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
12740 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
12741 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
12742 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
12743 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
12744 during a transitional period!
12745
12746 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
12747 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
12748
12749 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
12750 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
12751 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
12752 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
12753 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
12754 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
12755 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
12756 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12757
12758 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
12759
12760 CHANGES WITH 209:
12761
12762 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
12763 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
12764 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
12765 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
12766 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
12767 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
12768 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
12769 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
12770 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
12771 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
12772 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
12773 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
12774
12775 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
12776 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
12777 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
12778 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
12779 machines and the like.
12780
12781 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
12782 shutdown/boot.
12783
12784 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
12785 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
12786
12787 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
12788 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
12789 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
12790 prepared for additional security frameworks.
12791
12792 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
12793 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
12794 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
12795 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
12796 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
12797 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
12798
12799 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
12800 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
12801 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
12802 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
12803 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
12804 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
12805 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
12806 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
12807 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
12808
12809 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
12810 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
12811
12812 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
12813 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
12814 implementation.
12815
12816 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
12817 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
12818 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
12819 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
12820 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
12821 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
12822 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
12823 and .service units.
12824
12825 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
12826 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
12827 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
12828
12829 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
12830 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
12831 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
12832 nothing makes use of it.
12833
12834 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
12835 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
12836 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
12837
12838 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
12839 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
12840 compatibility purposes.
12841
12842 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
12843 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
12844 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
12845 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
12846 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
12847 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
12848 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
12849 process handling.
12850
12851 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
12852 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
12853 style to "sd-bus.h".
12854
12855 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
12856 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
12857 "systemd-networkd".
12858
12859 * There is a new kernel command line option
12860 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
12861 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
12862 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
12863 are not restored.
12864
12865 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
12866 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
12867 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
12868 PID1's support for that anymore.
12869
12870 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
12871 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
12872
12873 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
12874 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
12875 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
12876 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
12877 container that is registered with machined, such as those
12878 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
12879
12880 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
12881 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
12882 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
12883 onto remote systems.
12884
12885 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
12886 login in any local container. This works with any container
12887 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
12888 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
12889
12890 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
12891 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
12892 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
12893 system of some kind.
12894
12895 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
12896 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
12897 next.
12898
12899 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
12900 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
12901 reboot() system call.
12902
12903 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
12904 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
12905 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
12906 still available but not advertised anymore.
12907
12908 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
12909 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
12910 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
12911 within each Unit.
12912
12913 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
12914 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
12915 the kernel).
12916
12917 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
12918 timestamps (following the setting in
12919 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
12920
12921 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
12922 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
12923
12924 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
12925 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
12926
12927 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
12928 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
12929 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
12930
12931 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
12932 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
12933 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
12934 the full configuration is shown.
12935
12936 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
12937 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
12938 those commands which take multiple unit names.
12939
12940 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
12941
12942 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
12943 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
12944
12945 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
12946 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
12947 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
12948 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
12949
12950 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
12951 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
12952 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
12953 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
12954
12955 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
12956 of the legend text.
12957
12958 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
12959 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
12960 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
12961 remote sessions.
12962
12963 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
12964 information of SDIO devices.
12965
12966 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
12967 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
12968 the system manager.
12969
12970 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
12971 short description of the connection parameters in the
12972 description.
12973
12974 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
12975 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
12976 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
12977 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
12978 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
12979 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
12980 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
12981
12982 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
12983 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
12984 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
12985 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
12986 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
12987 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
12988 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
12989 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
12990 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
12991
12992 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
12993 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
12994 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
12995 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
12996 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
12997 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
12998 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
12999 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
13000 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
13001 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
13002 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
13003 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
13004 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
13005 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
13006 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
13007 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
13008 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
13009 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
13010 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
13011 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
13012 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
13013 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
13014 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
13015
13016 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
13017 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
13018 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
13019 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
13020 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
13021 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
13022 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
13023 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
13024 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
13025 that you are aware of the instability of the current
13026 APIs.
13027
13028 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
13029 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
13030 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
13031 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
13032 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
13033 declare the APIs stable.
13034
13035 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
13036 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
13037 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
13038 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
13039 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
13040 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
13041 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
13042 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
13043 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
13044 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
13045 one of them is updated.
13046
13047 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
13048 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
13049 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
13050 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
13051 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
13052
13053 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
13054 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
13055 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
13056 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
13057 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
13058 entry points.
13059
13060 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
13061 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
13062 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
13063 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
13064 been disabled at compile-time.
13065
13066 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
13067 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
13068 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
13069 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
13070
13071 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
13072 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
13073 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
13074
13075 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
13076 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
13077 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
13078
13079 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
13080 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
13081 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
13082
13083 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
13084 remains until jobs expire.
13085
13086 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
13087 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
13088 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
13089 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
13090 all remaining processes of the service.
13091
13092 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
13093 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
13094 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
13095 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
13096 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
13097 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
13098 manager process which created them takes no further
13099 responsibilities for it.
13100
13101 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
13102 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
13103 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
13104 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
13105 marked executable or world-writable.
13106
13107 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
13108 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
13109 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
13110 "--setenv=" for consistency.
13111
13112 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
13113 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
13114 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
13115 independent of the host.
13116
13117 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
13118 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
13119 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
13120 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
13121
13122 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
13123 with specific SELinux labels set.
13124
13125 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
13126 any additional output but the container's own console
13127 output.
13128
13129 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
13130 container without PID namespacing enabled.
13131
13132 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
13133 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
13134 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
13135 OS images, but only specific apps.
13136
13137 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
13138 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
13139 results in registration of the unit service itself in
13140 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
13141
13142 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
13143 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
13144 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
13145 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
13146 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
13147 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
13148
13149 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
13150 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
13151 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
13152 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
13153 units to use.
13154
13155 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
13156 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
13157 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
13158 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
13159
13160 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
13161 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
13162 context for a service.
13163
13164 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
13165 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
13166 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
13167 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
13168 influence this logic.
13169
13170 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
13171 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
13172 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
13173 other things.
13174
13175 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
13176 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
13177 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
13178 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
13179 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
13180 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
13181 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
13182 architectures). There is also a global
13183 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
13184 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
13185
13186 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
13187 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
13188
13189 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
13190 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
13191 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
13192 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
13193 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
13194 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
13195 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
13196 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
13197 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
13198 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
13199 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
13200 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
13201 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13202 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
13203 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
13204 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
13205 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
13206 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
13207 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
13208 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
13209 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
13210 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
13211 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
13212 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13213
13214 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
13215
13216 CHANGES WITH 208:
13217
13218 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
13219 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
13220 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
13221 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
13222 access input and drm devices which are normally
13223 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
13224 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
13225 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
13226 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
13227 session switching without allowing background sessions to
13228 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
13229 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
13230 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
13231
13232 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
13233 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
13234 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
13235
13236 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
13237 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
13238 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
13239 kernel version number.
13240
13241 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
13242 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
13243 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
13244
13245 * This release removes high-level support for the
13246 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
13247 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
13248 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
13249 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
13250
13251 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
13252 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
13253 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
13254 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
13255 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
13256 cgroup system.
13257
13258 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
13259 messages containing the slice a message was generated
13260 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
13261 logs among other things.
13262
13263 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
13264 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
13265 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
13266 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
13267 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
13268 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
13269 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
13270 journald which would be necessary to resolve
13271 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
13272 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
13273 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
13274 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
13275 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
13276 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
13277 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
13278 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
13279 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
13280 not delayed until next reboot.
13281
13282 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
13283 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
13284 systemd generated files in one directory.
13285
13286 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
13287 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
13288 performance information if that's available to determine how
13289 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
13290 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
13291 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
13292
13293 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
13294 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
13295 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
13296 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13297 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
13298 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
13299 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13300
13301 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
13302
13303 CHANGES WITH 207:
13304
13305 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
13306 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
13307 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
13308 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
13309
13310 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
13311 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
13312 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
13313 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
13314 specified on the kernel command line less important.
13315
13316 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
13317 retrieve the VT number of a session.
13318
13319 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
13320 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
13321 maximum number of tries.
13322
13323 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
13324 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
13325 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
13326
13327 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
13328 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
13329
13330 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
13331 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
13332 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
13333
13334 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
13335 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
13336 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
13337
13338 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
13339 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
13340 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
13341 and type).
13342
13343 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
13344 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
13345
13346 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
13347 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
13348 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
13349 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
13350
13351 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
13352 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
13353 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
13354 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
13355 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
13356 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
13357 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
13358 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
13359
13360 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
13361 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
13362 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
13363 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
13364
13365 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
13366 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
13367 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
13368 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
13369 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
13370 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
13371 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
13372
13373 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
13374 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
13375
13376 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
13377 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
13378 automatically after the process terminated.
13379
13380 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
13381 certain paths from operation.
13382
13383 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
13384 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
13385 is received.
13386
13387 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
13388 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
13389 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
13390 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
13391 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
13392 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
13393 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
13394 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
13395 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
13396 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
13397 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
13398 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
13399 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13400
13401 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
13402
13403 CHANGES WITH 206:
13404
13405 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
13406 concepts introduced with 205.
13407
13408 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
13409 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
13410 -r".
13411
13412 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
13413 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
13414 --state= parameter.
13415
13416 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
13417 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
13418 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
13419 the journal.
13420
13421 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
13422 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
13423 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
13424
13425 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
13426 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
13427 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
13428 browsing logs from that point on.
13429
13430 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
13431 of an FSS key.
13432
13433 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
13434 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
13435 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
13436 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
13437 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
13438 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
13439 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
13440 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
13441 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
13442 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
13443 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
13444 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
13445 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
13446 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
13447
13448 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
13449 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
13450 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
13451 backing module right-away.
13452
13453 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
13454 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
13455
13456 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
13457 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
13458
13459 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
13460 set of processes in the message metadata.
13461
13462 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
13463
13464 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
13465 support for passing performance data via environment
13466 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
13467 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
13468 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
13469 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
13470 deserialize it again.
13471
13472 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
13473 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
13474 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
13475 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
13476
13477 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
13478 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
13479 completely silent shutdown when used.
13480
13481 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
13482 option in .socket units.
13483
13484 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
13485 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
13486 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
13487 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
13488 system.slice as before.
13489
13490 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
13491
13492 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
13493 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
13494 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13495 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
13496 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
13497 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
13498 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13499
13500 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
13501
13502 CHANGES WITH 205:
13503
13504 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
13505
13506 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
13507 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
13508 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
13509 possible for system services and applications to group their
13510 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
13511 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
13512 together, or apply resource limits on them.
13513
13514 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
13515 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
13516 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
13517 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
13518 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
13519
13520 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
13521 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
13522 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
13523 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
13524
13525 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
13526 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
13527 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
13528 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
13529 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
13530 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
13531 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
13532 and useful as a general batch manager.
13533
13534 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
13535 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
13536 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
13537 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
13538 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
13539 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
13540 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
13541 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
13542 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
13543 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
13544
13545 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
13546 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
13547 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
13548 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
13549 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
13550 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
13551 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
13552 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
13553 is compile-time optional.
13554
13555 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
13556 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
13557 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
13558 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
13559 well as slice units.
13560
13561 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
13562 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
13563 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
13564 but will be extended later on to make more properties
13565 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
13566 command that wraps this call.
13567
13568 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
13569 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
13570 while configuring a number of settings via the command
13571 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
13572 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
13573 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
13574 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
13575
13576 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
13577 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
13578 off audit.
13579
13580 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
13581 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
13582
13583 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
13584 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
13585 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
13586 and system logs.
13587
13588 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
13589 snippets extending unit files.
13590
13591 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
13592 not available as public API.
13593
13594 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
13595 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
13596 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
13597
13598 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
13599 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
13600 controls what to boot into by default.
13601
13602 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
13603 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
13604
13605 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
13606 generators needed for execution, as well as information
13607 about the unit file loading.
13608
13609 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
13610 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
13611 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
13612 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
13613 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
13614 racy due to journal file rotation.
13615
13616 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
13617 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
13618 all services.
13619
13620 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
13621 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
13622 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
13623 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
13624 system services want to log events about specific client
13625 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
13626 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
13627 unit is requested.
13628
13629 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
13630 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
13631 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
13632 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
13633 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
13634 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13635 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
13636 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
13637 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
13638 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
13639 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
13640 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
13641 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
13642
13643 CHANGES WITH 204:
13644
13645 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
13646 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
13647
13648 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
13649 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
13650 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
13651
13652 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
13653 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13654
13655 CHANGES WITH 203:
13656
13657 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
13658 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
13659
13660 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
13661 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
13662 fields, including the root directory.
13663
13664 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
13665 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
13666 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
13667 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
13668 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
13669 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
13670 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
13671 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
13672 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
13673 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
13674 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
13675
13676 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
13677 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
13678
13679 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
13680 have taken an inhibitor lock.
13681
13682 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
13683 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
13684 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
13685 the local hostname.
13686
13687 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
13688 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
13689 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
13690 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
13691 VMs/containers coming and going.
13692
13693 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
13694 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
13695 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
13696
13697 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
13698 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
13699 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
13700 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
13701
13702 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
13703 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
13704 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
13705
13706 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
13707 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
13708 services. With the container's root directory in
13709 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
13710 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
13711
13712 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
13713 the processes within a certain container.
13714
13715 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
13716 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
13717 check though. Patches welcome!
13718
13719 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
13720 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
13721 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
13722 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
13723 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
13724
13725 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
13726 the passed argument if applicable.
13727
13728 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
13729 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
13730 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
13731 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
13732 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
13733 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
13734 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
13735 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13736
13737 CHANGES WITH 202:
13738
13739 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
13740 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
13741 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
13742 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
13743 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
13744 units activate.
13745
13746 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
13747 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
13748 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
13749 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
13750 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
13751 for now, and not installable.
13752
13753 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
13754 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
13755 can run in conjunction with udev.
13756
13757 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
13758 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
13759 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
13760 session manager.
13761
13762 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
13763 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
13764 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
13765 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
13766 services, user processes and containers/virtual
13767 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
13768 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
13769 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
13770 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
13771 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
13772 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
13773
13774 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
13775
13776 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
13777 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
13778 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
13779 logical expressions.
13780
13781 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
13782 switches.
13783
13784 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
13785 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
13786 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
13787 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
13788 the user.
13789
13790 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
13791 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
13792 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
13793 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
13794 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
13795 an entry.
13796
13797 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
13798 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13799 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
13800 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
13801 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
13802 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13803
13804 CHANGES WITH 201:
13805
13806 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
13807 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
13808 directory.
13809
13810 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
13811 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
13812 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
13813 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
13814 problem.
13815
13816 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
13817 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
13818 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
13819 before the key file is attempted to be read.
13820
13821 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
13822 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
13823
13824 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
13825 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
13826 files in this context are files such as
13827 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
13828
13829 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
13830 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
13831 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
13832 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
13833 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
13834 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
13835
13836 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
13837 hostnames.
13838
13839 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
13840 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
13841 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
13842 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
13843 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
13844 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
13845 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
13846 all time-related output of systemd.
13847
13848 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
13849 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
13850 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
13851 loops.
13852
13853 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
13854 (models, layouts, variants, options).
13855
13856 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
13857 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
13858 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
13859 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
13860 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
13861
13862 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
13863 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
13864 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
13865 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
13866 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
13867 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
13868 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
13869
13870 CHANGES WITH 200:
13871
13872 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
13873 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
13874 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
13875 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
13876 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
13877 middle ground between physical and access time order.
13878
13879 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
13880 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
13881 images.
13882
13883 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
13884 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
13885 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13886
13887 CHANGES WITH 199:
13888
13889 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
13890
13891 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
13892 security policy.
13893
13894 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
13895 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
13896 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
13897 shared by all processes of a service (which means
13898 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
13899 the same service can still access). When a service is
13900 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
13901 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
13902 this though).
13903
13904 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
13905 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
13906 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
13907 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
13908 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
13909 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
13910
13911 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
13912 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
13913
13914 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
13915 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
13916
13917 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
13918
13919 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
13920 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
13921 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
13922 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
13923 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
13924
13925 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
13926 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
13927 system is to be mounted.
13928
13929 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
13930 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
13931 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
13932 purpose for socket units.
13933
13934 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
13935 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
13936
13937 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
13938 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
13939 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
13940 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
13941 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
13942
13943 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
13944 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
13945 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
13946 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
13947 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
13948 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
13949 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
13950 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
13951 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13952
13953 CHANGES WITH 198:
13954
13955 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
13956 files without having to edit/override the unit files
13957 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
13958 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
13959 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
13960 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
13961 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
13962 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
13963 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
13964 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
13965 unit files locally: copying the files from
13966 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
13967 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
13968 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
13969 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
13970 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
13971 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
13972 for them too.
13973
13974 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
13975 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
13976 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
13977 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
13978 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
13979 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
13980 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
13981 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
13982 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
13983
13984 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
13985 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
13986
13987 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
13988 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
13989 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
13990 other users.
13991
13992 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
13993 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
13994 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
13995 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
13996 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
13997 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
13998 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
13999 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
14000 management logic is also available to other programs via the
14001 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
14002 supported.
14003
14004 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
14005 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
14006 the foreground VT.
14007
14008 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
14009 call.
14010
14011 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
14012 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
14013 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
14014 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
14015 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
14016 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
14017 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
14018 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
14019 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
14020 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
14021 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
14022 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
14023 also been removed.
14024
14025 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
14026 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
14027 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
14028 objects themselves.
14029
14030 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
14031
14032 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
14033 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
14034 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
14035 to how this is supported in shells.
14036
14037 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
14038 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
14039 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
14040 user systemd instance.
14041
14042 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
14043 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
14044 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
14045 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
14046 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
14047 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
14048 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
14049 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
14050 one day for good in the kernel.
14051
14052 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
14053 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
14054 container.
14055
14056 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
14057 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
14058 the host into the container.
14059
14060 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
14061 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
14062 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
14063 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
14064 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
14065 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
14066
14067 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
14068
14069 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
14070 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
14071 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
14072 configured to be mounted there.
14073
14074 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
14075 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
14076 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
14077 system resume events.
14078
14079 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
14080 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
14081 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
14082 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
14083
14084 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
14085 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
14086 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
14087 card).
14088
14089 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
14090 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
14091 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
14092
14093 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
14094 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
14095 later "change" event.
14096
14097 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
14098 now carry a message ID.
14099
14100 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
14101 continues to be work in progress.
14102
14103 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
14104 root directory to operate relative to.
14105
14106 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
14107 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
14108 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
14109 times a little.
14110
14111 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
14112 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
14113 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
14114 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
14115 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
14116 request boot into firmware operations.
14117
14118 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
14119 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
14120 correctly in initrds.
14121
14122 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
14123 compile time optional via a configure switch.
14124
14125 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
14126 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
14127
14128 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
14129 the status of all active or failed units.
14130
14131 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
14132 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
14133 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
14134 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
14135 requests more robust.
14136
14137 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
14138 reading journal files.
14139
14140 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
14141 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
14142
14143 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION
14144
14145 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
14146 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
14147
14148 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
14149 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
14150 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
14151 socket activation in daemons.
14152
14153 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
14154 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
14155
14156 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
14157 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
14158 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
14159
14160 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
14161 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
14162 system units.
14163
14164 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
14165 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
14166 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
14167
14168 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
14169 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
14170 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
14171 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
14172 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
14173 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
14174 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
14175 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
14176 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
14177 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
14178 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
14179 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
14180 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
14181 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
14182 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
14183 package installation time.
14184
14185 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
14186 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
14187 scripts need to create these system user/group at
14188 installation time.
14189
14190 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
14191 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
14192
14193 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
14194
14195 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
14196 available.
14197
14198 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
14199 load SMACK policies at early boot.
14200
14201 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
14202 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
14203 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
14204 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
14205 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
14206 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
14207 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
14208 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
14209 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
14210 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
14211 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
14212 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
14213 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
14214 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
14215
14216 CHANGES WITH 197:
14217
14218 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
14219 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
14220 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
14221 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
14222 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
14223 a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support
14224 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
14225 the supported calendar time specification language see
14226 systemd.time(7).
14227
14228 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
14229 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
14230 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
14231 document for details:
14232
14233 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html
14234
14235 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
14236 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
14237 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
14238 implementations around and minimal in its code and
14239 dependencies.
14240
14241 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
14242 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
14243 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
14244 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
14245 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
14246 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
14247 with a configure switch.
14248
14249 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
14250 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
14251 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
14252 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
14253 such as ext4.
14254
14255 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
14256 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
14257 identities are attached to the devices as well.
14258
14259 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
14260 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
14261
14262 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
14263 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
14264 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
14265 using only core OS tools.
14266
14267 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
14268 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
14269 implementation of socket activated nspawn
14270 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
14271 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
14272 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
14273 eventually.
14274
14275 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
14276 presenting log data.
14277
14278 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
14279 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
14280
14281 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
14282 system on idle.
14283
14284 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
14285 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
14286 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
14287 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
14288 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
14289 information if possible.
14290
14291 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
14292 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
14293 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
14294
14295 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
14296 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
14297 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
14298 is running on battery power.
14299
14300 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
14301 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
14302 is in the "failed" state.
14303
14304 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
14305 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
14306 environment files at once.
14307
14308 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
14309 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
14310 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
14311 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
14312 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
14313 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
14314 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
14315 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
14316 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
14317 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
14318 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
14319 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
14320 pieces of code locally from the git history.
14321
14322 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
14323 log the unit name in the message meta data.
14324
14325 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
14326 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
14327
14328 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
14329 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
14330 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
14331 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
14332 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
14333 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
14334 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
14335 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
14336 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
14337 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
14338 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
14339 shipped from us upstream.
14340
14341 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
14342 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
14343 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
14344 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
14345 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14346 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
14347 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
14348 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
14349 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
14350 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
14351 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
14352 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
14353 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14354
14355 CHANGES WITH 196:
14356
14357 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
14358 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
14359 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
14360 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
14361 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
14362 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
14363 becoming the one central database for non-essential
14364 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
14365 database was only attached to select devices, since the
14366 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
14367 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
14368 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
14369 data for all devices where this is available, by
14370 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
14371 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
14372 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
14373 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
14374 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
14375 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
14376
14377 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
14378 indexed database to link up additional information with
14379 journal entries. For further details please check:
14380
14381 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
14382
14383 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
14384 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
14385 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
14386 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
14387 macro for this purpose.
14388
14389 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
14390 Python logging framework.
14391
14392 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
14393 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
14394 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
14395 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
14396 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
14397 time intervals.
14398
14399 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
14400 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
14401 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
14402
14403 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
14404 right-away on the selected coredump.
14405
14406 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
14407 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
14408 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
14409
14410 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
14411 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
14412 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
14413 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
14414
14415 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
14416 default.
14417
14418 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
14419 SMACK security label.
14420
14421 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
14422 daylight saving change.
14423
14424 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
14425 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
14426 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
14427 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
14428 distributions who still need support this to either continue
14429 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
14430 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
14431
14432 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
14433 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
14434 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
14435 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
14436 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
14437 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
14438 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
14439
14440 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
14441 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
14442
14443 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
14444 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
14445 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
14446 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
14447 offline updating tools.
14448
14449 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
14450 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
14451 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
14452 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
14453 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
14454 directories for packages to place various data files in.
14455
14456 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
14457 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
14458
14459 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
14460 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
14461 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
14462 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
14463 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
14464 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
14465 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
14466 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
14467 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14468
14469 CHANGES WITH 195:
14470
14471 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
14472 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
14473 units via --unit=/-u.
14474
14475 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
14476 right thing.
14477
14478 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
14479 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
14480 rotation.
14481
14482 * The journal will now index the available field values for
14483 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
14484 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
14485 completion of journalctl has been updated
14486 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
14487 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
14488
14489 * More service events are now written as structured messages
14490 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
14491
14492 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
14493 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
14494 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
14495 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
14496 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
14497 these settings from the command line now, especially since
14498 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
14499 completion.
14500
14501 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
14502 extract coredumps from the journal.
14503
14504 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
14505 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
14506 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
14507 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
14508 scratch their heads.
14509
14510 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
14511 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
14512
14513 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
14514 in immediate termination of systemd.
14515
14516 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
14517 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
14518
14519 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
14520 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
14521 mouse screen support has been added.
14522
14523 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
14524 Server-Sent-Events as output.
14525
14526 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
14527 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
14528 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
14529 "systemctl reload".
14530
14531 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
14532 -u" instead.
14533
14534 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
14535 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
14536 configured.
14537
14538 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
14539 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
14540
14541 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
14542 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
14543 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
14544 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
14545 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
14546 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
14547 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
14548
14549 CHANGES WITH 194:
14550
14551 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
14552 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
14553 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
14554 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
14555 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
14556 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
14557 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
14558 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
14559 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
14560 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
14561 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
14562 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
14563
14564 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
14565 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
14566 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14567
14568 CHANGES WITH 193:
14569
14570 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
14571 starting from the specified location in the journal.
14572
14573 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
14574 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
14575 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
14576
14577 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
14578 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
14579 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
14580 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
14581 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
14582 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
14583 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
14584
14585 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
14586 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
14587
14588 This will download the journal contents in a
14589 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
14590
14591 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
14592
14593 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
14594 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
14595 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
14596 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
14597 screenshot of this app in its current state:
14598
14599 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
14600
14601 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
14602 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
14603
14604 CHANGES WITH 192:
14605
14606 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
14607 too.
14608
14609 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
14610 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
14611 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
14612 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
14613 just start them.
14614
14615 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
14616 and line break accordingly.
14617
14618 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14619 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
14620
14621 CHANGES WITH 191:
14622
14623 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
14624 container environment, copying the host's timezone
14625 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
14626 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
14627 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
14628
14629 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
14630 will default to 10 if omitted.
14631
14632 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
14633 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
14634 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
14635 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
14636 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
14637
14638 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
14639 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
14640 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
14641 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
14642 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
14643 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
14644 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
14645
14646 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
14647 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
14648 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
14649 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
14650 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
14651 into two.
14652
14653 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
14654 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
14655
14656 CHANGES WITH 190:
14657
14658 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
14659 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
14660 "systemctl status".
14661
14662 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
14663 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
14664 system to another place in the same file system could not be
14665 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
14666 field.)
14667
14668 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
14669 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
14670 default.
14671
14672 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
14673 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
14674 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
14675 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
14676 in a container.
14677
14678 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
14679 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
14680 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
14681 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
14682 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
14683 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
14684
14685 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
14686 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
14687 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
14688 no-op.
14689
14690 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
14691 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
14692 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
14693 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
14694 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
14695
14696 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
14697 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
14698
14699 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
14700 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
14701 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
14702 command.
14703
14704 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
14705 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
14706 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
14707
14708 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
14709
14710 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
14711 multiple files at once.
14712
14713 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
14714 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
14715 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
14716 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
14717 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
14718 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
14719 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
14720
14721 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
14722 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
14723 now support specifiers as well.
14724
14725 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
14726 dir: %_presetdir.
14727
14728 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
14729 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
14730
14731 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
14732 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
14733 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
14734 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
14735 anymore.
14736
14737 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
14738 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
14739 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
14740 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
14741
14742 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
14743 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
14744 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
14745
14746 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
14747 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
14748 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
14749 sockets.
14750
14751 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
14752 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
14753 is changed.
14754
14755 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
14756 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
14757 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
14758 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
14759 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
14760 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
14761 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
14762
14763 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
14764
14765 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
14766 the unit file label and client process label into account.
14767
14768 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
14769 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
14770
14771 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
14772 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
14773 (%b).
14774
14775 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
14776 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
14777 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14778 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
14779 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
14780 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
14781 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14782
14783 CHANGES WITH 189:
14784
14785 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
14786 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
14787
14788 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
14789 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
14790 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
14791 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
14792 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
14793 syslog daemons again.
14794
14795 * The libudev API gained the new
14796 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
14797
14798 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
14799 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
14800 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
14801 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
14802
14803 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
14804 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
14805 container.
14806
14807 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
14808 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
14809 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
14810 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
14811 this explaining it in more detail.
14812
14813 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
14814 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
14815 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
14816 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
14817
14818 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
14819 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
14820 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
14821 journal files.
14822
14823 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
14824 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
14825 as container init process a lot more fun.
14826
14827 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
14828 entries.
14829
14830 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
14831 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
14832 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
14833 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
14834 different sets of services.
14835
14836 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
14837 failure state.
14838
14839 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
14840 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
14841 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14842
14843 CHANGES WITH 188:
14844
14845 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
14846 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
14847 tree a lot more organized.
14848
14849 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
14850 may be used to group services in a natural way.
14851
14852 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
14853 services.
14854
14855 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
14856 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
14857 filtering by log level now.
14858
14859 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
14860 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
14861 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
14862
14863 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
14864 command lines involving service unit names.
14865
14866 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
14867 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
14868
14869 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
14870 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
14871 and encodes structured information about the error number.
14872
14873 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
14874 option.
14875
14876 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
14877 a shutdown is cancelled.
14878
14879 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
14880 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
14881 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
14882 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
14883 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
14884
14885 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
14886 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
14887 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
14888 for display managers instead.
14889
14890 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
14891 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
14892 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
14893 protection, and suchlike.
14894
14895 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
14896 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
14897 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
14898 the service.
14899
14900 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
14901 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
14902 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
14903 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
14904 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
14905 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14906
14907 CHANGES WITH 187:
14908
14909 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
14910 pages.
14911
14912 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
14913 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
14914 data loss.
14915
14916 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
14917 option.
14918
14919 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
14920
14921 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
14922 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
14923
14924 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
14925 specific directory.
14926
14927 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
14928 messages of two different boots.
14929
14930 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
14931 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
14932 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
14933
14934 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
14935 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
14936 disjunctions.
14937
14938 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
14939 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
14940 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
14941
14942 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
14943 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
14944 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
14945
14946 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
14947 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
14948 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
14949 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
14950 speed things up a bit.
14951
14952 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
14953 header data of journal files.
14954
14955 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
14956 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
14957 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
14958
14959 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
14960 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
14961 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
14962 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
14963
14964 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
14965
14966 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
14967 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
14968 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
14969 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14970
14971 CHANGES WITH 186:
14972
14973 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
14974 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
14975 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
14976 prefixed with rd.
14977
14978 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
14979 automatically generated at boot. Use:
14980
14981 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
14982
14983 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
14984
14985 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
14986
14987 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
14988 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
14989 as well.
14990
14991 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
14992 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
14993 in all appropriate directories automatically.
14994
14995 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
14996 does the right thing. Example:
14997
14998 udevadm info /dev/sda
14999 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
15000
15001 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
15002 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
15003 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
15004 running.
15005
15006 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
15007 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
15008
15009 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
15010 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
15011
15012 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
15013 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
15014 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
15015 files.
15016
15017 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
15018 be stopped that is not loaded.
15019
15020 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
15021
15022 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
15023
15024 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
15025 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
15026 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
15027 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
15028
15029 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
15030 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
15031 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
15032 completed initialization.
15033
15034 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
15035
15036 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
15037 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
15038 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
15039 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
15040 distributions.
15041
15042 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
15043 always valid when services log to the journal via
15044 STDOUT/STDERR.
15045
15046 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
15047 command line options we understand.
15048
15049 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
15050 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
15051
15052 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
15053 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
15054
15055 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
15056 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
15057 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
15058 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
15059
15060 systemctl status /home
15061 systemctl status /dev/sda
15062
15063 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
15064 system.conf parsing.
15065
15066 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
15067 Manager object.
15068
15069 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
15070
15071 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
15072
15073 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
15074 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
15075 complete.
15076
15077 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
15078 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
15079 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
15080 systemd-fsck@.service.
15081
15082 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
15083 Manager object.
15084
15085 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
15086 work sensibly.
15087
15088 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
15089 we actually understand.
15090
15091 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
15092 additional capabilities to the container.
15093
15094 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
15095 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
15096 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
15097
15098 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
15099 the current boot only.
15100
15101 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
15102 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
15103
15104 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
15105 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
15106 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
15107 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
15108 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
15109
15110 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
15111
15112 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
15113 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
15114 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
15115 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
15116
15117 CHANGES WITH 185:
15118
15119 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
15120 available.
15121
15122 * Several new man pages have been added.
15123
15124 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
15125 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
15126 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
15127 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
15128
15129 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
15130 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
15131
15132 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
15133 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
15134 Matthias Clasen
15135
15136 CHANGES WITH 184:
15137
15138 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
15139 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
15140
15141 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
15142 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
15143 daemon.
15144
15145 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
15146 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
15147
15148 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
15149 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
15150 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
15151 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
15152
15153 CHANGES WITH 183:
15154
15155 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
15156 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
15157 and systemd's most recent version number.
15158
15159 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
15160 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
15161 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
15162 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
15163 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
15164 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
15165
15166 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
15167 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
15168 subsystems.
15169
15170 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
15171 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
15172 used to subscribe to events.
15173
15174 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
15175 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
15176 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
15177 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
15178 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
15179 forked by udev rules.
15180
15181 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
15182 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
15183 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
15184 it.
15185
15186 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
15187 udev_monitor_from_socket()
15188 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
15189 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
15190 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
15191
15192 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
15193 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
15194
15195 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
15196 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
15197 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
15198 the files to the new names on upgrade.
15199
15200 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
15201 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
15202 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
15203 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
15204 to be used as drop-in files.
15205
15206 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
15207 particular suspending and hibernating.
15208
15209 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
15210 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
15211 about this in more detail.
15212
15213 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
15214 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
15215 places). Distributions which have not converted these
15216 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
15217 from git history and add them downstream.
15218
15219 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
15220 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
15221 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
15222 units.
15223
15224 * All smaller setup units (such as
15225 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
15226 are run in a container and are skipped when
15227 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
15228 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
15229
15230 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
15231 integrated, for details see:
15232 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html
15233
15234 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
15235 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
15236 messages.
15237
15238 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
15239 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
15240 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
15241 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
15242 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
15243
15244 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
15245 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
15246 for all units started by PID 1.
15247
15248 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
15249 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
15250 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
15251
15252 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
15253 of PID 1 anymore.
15254
15255 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
15256 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
15257 have not been read by systemd yet.
15258
15259 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
15260 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
15261 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
15262 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
15263 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
15264 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
15265
15266 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
15267 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
15268
15269 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
15270
15271 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
15272 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
15273 so sexy.
15274
15275 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
15276 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
15277 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
15278 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
15279 patterns.
15280
15281 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
15282 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
15283 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
15284 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
15285
15286 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
15287 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
15288
15289 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
15290 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
15291 in systemd now.
15292
15293 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
15294 ID on the command line.
15295
15296 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
15297 for an init system.
15298
15299 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
15300 vt100.
15301
15302 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
15303
15304 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
15305 components now have directories of their own.
15306
15307 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
15308
15309 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
15310 container in other hierarchies.
15311
15312 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
15313 system.conf.
15314
15315 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
15316
15317 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
15318 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
15319
15320 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
15321 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
15322
15323 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
15324 locally generated journal files.
15325
15326 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
15327
15328 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
15329
15330 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
15331 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
15332 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
15333 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
15334 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
15335 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
15336 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
15337 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
15338 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
15339 Gundersen
15340
15341 CHANGES WITH 44:
15342
15343 * This is mostly a bugfix release
15344
15345 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
15346 KVM or container configured UUID.
15347
15348 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
15349
15350 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
15351
15352 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
15353 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
15354
15355 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
15356
15357 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
15358 folks
15359
15360 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
15361 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
15362 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
15363
15364 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
15365 configuration
15366
15367 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
15368 free fashion
15369
15370 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
15371 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
15372 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
15373 automatically generated data.
15374
15375 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
15376 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
15377 however.
15378
15379 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
15380 tarball.
15381
15382 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
15383 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
15384 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
15385 Reding
15386
15387 CHANGES WITH 43:
15388
15389 * This is mostly a bugfix release
15390
15391 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
15392
15393 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
15394
15395 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
15396 normal user logins.
15397
15398 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
15399 Biebl
15400
15401 CHANGES WITH 42:
15402
15403 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
15404
15405 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
15406 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
15407 xsltproc.
15408
15409 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
15410 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
15411 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
15412
15413 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
15414 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
15415 reboot can automatically be triggered.
15416
15417 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
15418
15419 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
15420 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
15421 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
15422
15423 CHANGES WITH 41:
15424
15425 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
15426 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
15427 package update.
15428
15429 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
15430 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
15431 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
15432
15433 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
15434 complete.
15435
15436 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
15437 understood to set system wide environment variables
15438 dynamically at boot.
15439
15440 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
15441
15442 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
15443 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
15444 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
15445 files.
15446
15447 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15448 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
15449 William Douglas
15450
15451 CHANGES WITH 40:
15452
15453 * This is mostly a bugfix release
15454
15455 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
15456 "Result" D-Bus property.
15457
15458 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
15459 the next few releases.)
15460
15461 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
15462 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
15463 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
15464 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
15465
15466 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
15467 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
15468 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
15469
15470 CHANGES WITH 39:
15471
15472 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
15473 bugfixes.
15474
15475 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
15476 resource usage.
15477
15478 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
15479 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
15480 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
15481 journals by the respective users.
15482
15483 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
15484 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
15485 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
15486
15487 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
15488 client for all entries.
15489
15490 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
15491
15492 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
15493 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
15494
15495 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
15496 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
15497 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
15498 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
15499
15500 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
15501 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
15502 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
15503
15504 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
15505 journal along with meta data.
15506
15507 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
15508 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
15509 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
15510
15511 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
15512 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
15513 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
15514
15515 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
15516
15517 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
15518 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
15519 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
15520 or fsck.
15521
15522 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
15523 requested with new -k switch.
15524
15525 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15526 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
15527
15528 CHANGES WITH 38:
15529
15530 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
15531 bugfixes.
15532
15533 * The git repository moved to:
15534 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
15535 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
15536
15537 * First release with the journal
15538 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
15539
15540 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
15541 systemd-stdout-bridge.
15542
15543 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
15544
15545 * Many systemadm clean-ups
15546
15547 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
15548 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
15549 remote mounts.
15550
15551 * Added Mageia support
15552
15553 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
15554
15555 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
15556 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
15557 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
15558 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
15559 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
15560
15561 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
15562 of existing distributions.
15563
15564 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
15565 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
15566
15567 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
15568 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
15569 boot.
15570
15571 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
15572
15573 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
15574 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
15575 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
15576 among other things.
15577
15578 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
15579 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
15580
15581 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
15582
15583 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
15584 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
15585 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
15586
15587 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
15588 restored.
15589
15590 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
15591 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
15592 kmod
15593
15594 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
15595 of /usr/local by default.
15596
15597 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
15598 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
15599 in:
15600 https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/
15601
15602 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
15603 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
15604 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
15605 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
15606 supported anyway, and bad style).
15607
15608 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
15609 reloading of units together.
15610
15611 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
15612 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
15613 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
15614 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
15615 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek